msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-03-31 10:33+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"

#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
msgctxt "_"
msgid "translator-credits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/title
#: manual.docbook:7
msgid "Hydrogen v1.2 Manual"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: manual.docbook:9
msgid "<firstname>Antonio</firstname> <surname>Piraino</surname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: manual.docbook:13
msgid "<firstname>Alessandro</firstname> <surname>Cominu</surname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: manual.docbook:17
msgid "<firstname>Thijs</firstname> <surname>Van Severen</surname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: manual.docbook:21
msgid "<firstname>Sebastian</firstname> <surname>Moors</surname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: manual.docbook:25
msgid "<firstname>Colin</firstname> <surname>Evans</surname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: authorgroup/author
#: manual.docbook:29
msgid "<firstname>Philipp</firstname> <surname>Müller</surname>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: bookinfo/subtitle
#: manual.docbook:35
msgid "2023-03-31"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
#: manual.docbook:38
msgid "Hydrogen is a software synthesizer which can be used alone, emulating a drum machine based on patterns, or via an external <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> keyboard/sequencer software. Hydrogen runs on Linux, Mac OS X and Windows."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: manual.docbook:45
msgid "Introduction"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:48
msgid "Download"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:50
msgid "You can download Hydrogen from <ulink url=\"http://www.hydrogen-music.org\">http://www.hydrogen-music.org</ulink>. On the <emphasis>Downloads</emphasis> page you can find several binaries (installers) for MacOS and Windows."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:55
msgid "Due to the variety of distributions we do not provide packages for Linux. If you do not find Hydrogen in the repository of your distribution, please ask the people behind it to include Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:60
msgid "From <emphasis role=\"bold\">MacOS Big Sur</emphasis> onwards you may require some extra steps to run Hydrogen on you computer. <ulink url=\"https://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen/wiki/Running-Hydrogen-on-macOS\">This page</ulink> of the Hydrogen Wiki will guide you through this process step by step."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:70
msgid "Build"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:73
msgid "The instructions provided in this section are for Linux only. If you intend to build Hydrogen on macOS, check out the corresponding <ulink url=\"https://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen/wiki/Building-Hydrogen-from-Source-(macOS)\">wiki page</ulink> for tips or guides."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:81
msgid "If you want to compile Hydrogen yourself, you can download the latest source files directly from our <command>git</command> repository with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen
#: manual.docbook:85
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<prompt>$</prompt><command> git clone git://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen.git</command>\n"
"      "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:88
msgid "A certain release can be fetched with"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen
#: manual.docbook:91
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<prompt>$</prompt><command> git checkout tags/1.2.0</command>\n"
"      "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:95
msgid "Compiling Hydrogen depends on the following libraries (among others):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:99
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Qt 5</emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://www.qt.io\">http://www.qt.io</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:102
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">libsndfile</emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/\">http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:105
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>ALSA</abbrev></emphasis>: (&gt;= 1.x) at <ulink url=\"http://www.alsa-project.org\">http://www.alsa-project.org</ulink> (only if you wish to use <abbrev>ALSA</abbrev> as audio driver)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:109
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Jack Audio Connection Kit (&gt;= 0.80)</emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://jackaudio.org\">http://jackaudio.org/</ulink> (only if you wish to use <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> as audio driver)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:114
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PortAudio</emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://www.portaudio.com\">http://www.portaudio.com</ulink> (only if you wish to use PortAudio as audio driver)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:118
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PulseAudio</emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://www.pulseaudio.org\">http://www.pulseaudio.org</ulink> (only if you wish to use PulseAudio as audio driver)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:122
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Flac</emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://flac.sf.net\">http://flac.sf.net</ulink> (only if you wish to use Flac samples)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:126
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">LADSPA</emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://www.ladspa.org\">http://www.ladspa.org</ulink> (only if you wish to use <abbrev>LADSPA</abbrev> effects)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:130
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">liblrdf</emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://sf.net/projects/lrdf\">http://sf.net/projects/lrdf</ulink> (only if you wish to use lrdf to categorise effects)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:133
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">liblo</emphasis>: at <ulink url=\"http://liblo.sourceforge.net/\"/> for <link linkend=\"chpt.osc\"><abbrev>OSC</abbrev></link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.session_management.nsm\"><abbrev>NSM</abbrev></link> support"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:139
msgid "Please install them with your distribution's package manager. If you're running a Debian-based system, you can install the libraries with:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen
#: manual.docbook:143
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<prompt>$</prompt> <command>apt-get install qtbase5-dev qtbase5-dev-tools           \\\n"
"    qttools5-dev qttools5-dev-tools libqt5xmlpatterns5-dev  \\\n"
"    libarchive-dev libsndfile1-dev libasound2-dev liblo-dev \\\n"
"    libpulse-dev libcppunit-dev liblrdf0-dev                 \\\n"
"    librubberband-dev libjack-jackd2-dev</command>\n"
""
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:151
msgid "Compiling with <command>cmake</command> can be done easily by using the <filename>build.sh</filename> script. Go to the directory where the <command>git</command> repository was cloned and run the <filename>build.sh</filename> script without any arguments to display the help :"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen
#: manual.docbook:154
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<prompt>$</prompt> <command>./build.sh</command>\n"
"        "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:158
msgid "The help is now displayed (and is self-explanatory) :"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen
#: manual.docbook:161
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<command>   r[m]     =&gt; all built, temp and cache files</command>\n"
"<command>   c[lean]  =&gt; remove cache files</command>\n"
"<command>   m[ake]   =&gt; launch the build process</command>\n"
"<command>   mm       =&gt; launch the build process using ccache</command>\n"
"<command>   mt       =&gt; launch the build process with clang tidy checks enabled</command>\n"
"<command>   d[oc]    =&gt; build html documentation</command>\n"
"<command>   g[raph]  =&gt; draw a dependencies graph</command>\n"
"<command>   h[elp]   =&gt; show the build options</command>\n"
"<command>   x|exec   =&gt; execute hydrogen</command>\n"
"<command>   t[ests]  =&gt; execute tests</command>\n"
"<command>   p[kg]    =&gt; build source package</command>\n"
"<command>   z        =&gt; build using ccache and run from tree</command>\n"
"        "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:176
msgid "To build Hydrogen and execute the result, run the build script with the <parameter>m</parameter> option"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen
#: manual.docbook:179
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<prompt>$</prompt> <command>./build.sh m x</command>\n"
"        "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:183
msgid "and to install it permanently on your computer, change into the <filename>build</filename> folder and use the <command>make</command> command."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen
#: manual.docbook:186
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<prompt>$</prompt> <command>cd build</command>\n"
"<prompt>$</prompt> <command>sudo make install</command>\n"
"        "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:192
msgid "For further details about the installation process please have a look the <filename>INSTALL.txt</filename> file (located in the top level directory once you downloaded the sources)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:197
msgid "Keyboard and Mouse"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:198
msgid "The Hydrogen user interface is designed so that it can be used entirely with the mouse, with the exception of text entry."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:203
msgid "Most actions are performed with the left mouse button (or mouse wheel) and implement what should be the most obvious behaviour for any control. The right mouse button may sometimes perform an alternate action or brings up a context menu. Some common controls also have alternate actions accessed by clicking while holding a modifier key:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:213
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <emphasis>left click</emphasis> : restore default value of knob or fader."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:218
msgid "<keycap>Shift</keycap> + <emphasis>left click</emphasis> : bind <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> event to <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev>-learnable widget (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.learnable\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:223
msgid "<keycap>Shift</keycap> + <emphasis>mouse wheel</emphasis>|<keycap>↑</keycap>|<keycap>↓</keycap> : change values of rotaries and faders at a faster pace."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:229
msgid "All rotaries and faders can also be set by using the keyboard. First, you have to click the widget for it to be focussed, indicated by a coloured highlight (orange per default). Now, you can enter numerical input via your keyboard. All numbers and dots are concatenated. If you want to reset your input or start a different one you can either press <keycap>ESC</keycap> or wait a couple of seconds."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:234
msgid "Keyboard usage in Editors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:243
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><keycap>↑</keycap>|<keycap>↓</keycap>|<keycap>←</keycap>|<keycap>→</keycap></emphasis> : move the keyboard input cursor's position, or adjust values under the cursor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:250
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><keycap>Shift</keycap> + <keycap>↑</keycap>|<keycap>↓</keycap>|<keycap>←</keycap>|<keycap>→</keycap></emphasis> : can be used to make selections of notes or pattern groups as if the mouse had been dragged over them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:257
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><keycap>Enter</keycap> and <keycap>Return</keycap></emphasis> : generally performs the same action as a mouse click, but can also start or end a move (or copy) of items in the same way a mouse drag would."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:265
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><keycap>Tab</keycap> and <keycap>Shift</keycap> + <keycap>Tab</keycap></emphasis> : move between the Pattern, Song and Note Property Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:271
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><keycap>Delete</keycap></emphasis> : delete notes or patterns."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:277
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><keycap>Esc</keycap></emphasis> : cancels an ongoing selection, move or copy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:238
msgid "The keyboard can also be used for navigating and editing in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editors</link>, using a combination of <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:286
msgid "The keyboard input cursor is hidden from view until one of the above keys is pressed. This keeps the display clear and uncluttered when using the mouse. You can alter this default behavior in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.general_tab\">General tab</link> of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:293
msgid "Most other keys on the keyboard can be used to play <link linkend=\"def.sample\">samples</link> and enter notes in the same way a <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> keyboard can be."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: manual.docbook:304
msgid "Using Hydrogen"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:307
msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:310
msgid "Main User Interface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:313
msgid "The Main UI in Single Pane mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:317
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/GUI_Sections_0.9.5_v2.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:322
msgid "The Main UI comes in 2 flavors : the (classic) Single Pane mode (ideal for large- and medium size screens), and the Tabbed mode (optimized for netbook screen sizes)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:328
msgid "You can switch between these two modes in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.appearance_tab.interface\">Interface</link> tab of the Appearance tab in the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:333
msgid "Below you can see the main UI split up in 5 parts: the <link linkend=\"chpt.main_menu\">Main Menu</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.main_toolbar\">Main Toolbar</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editor</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor\">Instrument</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.sound_library\">Sound Library Editor</link>. These sections will be explained in detail further down in this manual."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:341
msgid "The Main UI in Tabbed mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:345
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/MainUI_tabbed.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:352
msgid "Drumkit Concept"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:354
msgid "Let's start with a little history on the concept of Drumkits within in Hydrogen. It began as a dedicated drum machine but has evolved into a versatile <link linkend=\"def.sample\">sample</link>-based sound synthesizer/sequencer that is capable of generating and manipulating all sorts of sounds. Hence the original \"Drumkit\" terminology is slightly misleading. You can load any kind of sound into a \"Drumkit\" and manipulate that sound just like playing a regular synthesizer. This is also the main reason why the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.piano_mode\">Piano Roll Editor</link> was introduced."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:362
msgid "To sum it up, nowadays a Drumkit is a collection of a number of instruments (snare, kick, sampled voice, bass sound ...), using one or more <link linkend=\"def.component\">components</link> which each can consist of multiple <link linkend=\"def.layer\">layered</link> samples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:369
msgid "In case you are not familiar with the world of sound synthesis, you can check out the <link linkend=\"glossary\">Glossary</link> for a number of useful definitions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:374
msgid "Drumkits can most easily be loaded by right-clicking their name in the <link linkend=\"chpt.sound_library\">Sound Library</link>. Once loaded its name will be displayed in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link>. All changes done to the kit, like altering parameters and adding or removing samples or instruments, are stored in the current song. They need to be <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.save\">saved</link> to the drumkit in case you want them to persist and to be applicable to other songs as well. The actions available in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits\">Drumkits</link> section of the main menu do act on the kit associated with the current song. All options available through the Sound Library on the other hand soley apply to the stock kits. So, reloading the current drumkit will overwrite your local changes in the song using the default parameters stored in the kit's <filename>drumkit.xml</filename> file and altering the current kit's properties via the Sound Library does only affect the stock kit and <emphasis>not</emphasis> the one associated with your current song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:381
msgid "MIDI-mapping and Virtual Keyboard"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:383
msgid "Instead of playing back programmed patterns Hydrogen can also be used synthesize drum sounds for incoming <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> or keyboard events."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:387
msgid "Using the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Input mode</emphasis> in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.options\">Options</link> tab of the Main Menu you can choose between two different ways to emulate sound. <option>Drumkit</option> maps different <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> notes or virtual keyboard strokes to different instruments of the current drumkit. <option>Instrument</option>, on the other hand, maps them to pitch-shifted samples of the instrument currently selected in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link>. You can think of these modes as input versions of both <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.drumkit\">Drumkit Editor</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.piano_mode\">Piano Roll Editor</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:391
msgid "Which <emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> note</emphasis> maps to which instrument (with Input mode set to Drumkit) is depending on the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.midi_out_settings\">Note</link> parameter in the Instrument Editor set for in each particular drumkit. An example for the <emphasis>GMRockKit</emphasis> is shown in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.midi_mapping\">table</link> below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:396
msgid "In order to process incoming <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages, you have to set up the overall <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> support in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.midi_tab\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> system</link> tab of the Preferences dialog first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:401
msgid "Alternatively you can use the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Virtual keyboard</emphasis> provided in Hydrogen. In Drumkit mode it maps a number of keys of your computer keyboard to different instruments in the drumkit depending on their position shown in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link>. In Instrument mode the corresponding instrument number + 36 is used as note key for the currently selected instrument. The mapping is shown for the GMRockKit in <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.midi_mapping\">table</link> as well as in general in the <link linkend=\"fig.letters_keyboard\">figure</link> below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: manual.docbook:406
msgid "<abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Mapping"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:410
msgid "Hydrogen GMRockKit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:413
msgid "Virtual Key"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:416
msgid "<abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Note"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:419
msgid "GM Standard"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:428
msgid "35"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:429
msgid "Bass Drum 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:432
msgid "Kick"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:433
msgid "Z"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:434
msgid "36"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:435
msgid "Bass Drum 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:438
msgid "Stick"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:439
msgid "S"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:440
msgid "37"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:441
msgid "Side Stick/Rimshot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:444
msgid "Snare"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:445
msgid "X"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:446
msgid "38"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:447
msgid "Snare Drum 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:450
#: manual.docbook:453
msgid "Hand Clap"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:451
msgid "D"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:452
msgid "39"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:456
msgid "Snare Rimshot"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:457
msgid "C"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:458
msgid "40"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:459
msgid "Snare Drum 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:462
msgid "Floor Tom"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:463
msgid "V"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:464
msgid "41"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:465
msgid "Low Tom 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:468
msgid "Hat Closed"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:469
msgid "G"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:470
msgid "42"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:471
msgid "Closed Hi-hat"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:474
msgid "Tom 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:475
msgid "B"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:476
msgid "43"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:477
msgid "Low Tom 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:480
msgid "Hat Pedal"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:481
msgid "H"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:482
msgid "44"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:483
msgid "Pedal Hi-hat"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:486
msgid "Tom 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:487
msgid "N"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:488
msgid "45"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:489
msgid "Mid Tom 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:492
msgid "Hat Open"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:493
msgid "J"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:494
msgid "46"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:495
msgid "Open Hi-hat"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:500
msgid "47"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:501
msgid "Mid Tom 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:506
msgid "48"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:507
msgid "High Tom 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:510
msgid "Crash"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:511
msgid "2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:512
msgid "49"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:513
msgid "Crash Cymbal 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:518
msgid "50"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:519
msgid "High Tom 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:522
msgid "Ride"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:523
msgid "Q"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:524
msgid "51"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:525
msgid "Ride Cymbal 1"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:528
#: manual.docbook:708
msgid "Hat Semi-Open"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:529
#: manual.docbook:709
msgid "E"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:530
msgid "52"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:531
msgid "Chinese Cymbal"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:534
msgid "Bell"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:535
msgid "R"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:536
msgid "53"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:537
msgid "Ride Bell"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:542
msgid "54"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:543
msgid "Tambourine"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:546
msgid "Splash"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:547
msgid "3"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:548
msgid "55"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:549
msgid "Splash Cymbal"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:552
#: manual.docbook:555
msgid "Cowbell"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:553
msgid "M"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:554
msgid "56"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:560
msgid "57"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:561
msgid "Crash Cymbal 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:566
msgid "58"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:567
msgid "Vibra Slap"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:570
msgid "Ride 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:571
msgid "W"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:572
msgid "59"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:573
msgid "Ride Cymbal 2"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:578
msgid "60"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:579
msgid "High Bongo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:584
msgid "61"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:585
msgid "Low Bongo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:590
msgid "62"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:591
msgid "Mute High Conga"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:596
msgid "63"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:597
msgid "Open High Conga"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:602
msgid "64"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:603
msgid "Low Conga"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:608
msgid "65"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:609
msgid "High Timbale"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:614
msgid "66"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:615
msgid "Low Timbale"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:620
msgid "67"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:621
msgid "High Agogô"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:626
msgid "68"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:627
msgid "Low Agogô"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:632
msgid "69"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:633
msgid "Cabasa"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:638
msgid "70"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:639
msgid "Maracas"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:644
msgid "71"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:645
msgid "Short Whistle"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:650
msgid "72"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:651
msgid "Long Whistle"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:656
msgid "73"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:657
msgid "Short Güiro"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:662
msgid "74"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:663
msgid "Long Güiro"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:668
msgid "75"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:669
msgid "Claves"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:674
msgid "76"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:675
msgid "High Wood Block"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:680
msgid "77"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:681
msgid "Low Wood Block"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:686
msgid "78"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:687
msgid "Mute Cuíca"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:692
msgid "79"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:693
msgid "Open Cuíca"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:698
msgid "80"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:699
msgid "Mute Triangle"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:704
msgid "81"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:705
msgid "Open Triangle"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:710
msgid "82"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:718
msgid "This table refers to the GMRockKit that is shipped with Hydrogen and loaded by default. For all other drumkits the order of instruments and thus their mapping to virtual keys as well as the assigned MIDI notes might differ."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:723
msgid "When adjusting the mapping or creating your own custom drumkit try to follow the <emphasis role=\"bold\">General <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> (GM)</emphasis> standard as accurately as possible. This will ensure that switching between drumkits goes smoothly. You are of course free to place your instruments anywhere in your drumkit, and sometimes it isn't even possible to follow the GM standard, but it makes life a lot easier if you do."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:727
msgid "For a better visualization you can also find the mapping of instrument positions (red numbers) to your PC's keyboard keys in the figure below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:738
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='virtual_keyboard.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:730
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Picture illustrating the mapping of Hydrogen's virtual keyboard to the layout of the computers' keyboard. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"virtual_keyboard.png\" format=\"PNG\" width=\"100%\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:744
msgid "When using German or French keyboard layout/local the overall mapping is still the same."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:752
msgid "Recording in Hydrogen"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:754
msgid "In addition to manually program pattern using mouse and keyboard you can also record one or multiple patterns. You can do so using an external <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> device, like an e-drum, or use the <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.midi_mapping_and_virtual_keyboard\">virtual keyboard</link> provided by Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:767
#: manual.docbook:2380
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlRecordButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:779
#: manual.docbook:2366
#: manual.docbook:7298
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlPlayButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:758
msgid "In order to start recording, first activate the record button <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey record button with a red circle in its center. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlRecordButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">Main Toolbar</link> and afterwards press the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlPlayButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button located right next to it (like in a classical tape recorder)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:785
msgid "Using the playback mode of the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editor</link> you can choose between the following two scenarios. When in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Pattern Mode</link> all inserted notes will be added to the pattern currently selected in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Song Editor. When, on the other hand, in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> the input notes will be added to the active pattern (the one the playhead is located in and is currently used for playback). If several patterns are selected in a single row, the input notes will only be added to the pattern at the bottom."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:790
msgid "By <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.main_controls.pattern_editor_lock\">locking</link> the Pattern Editor in Song Mode Hydrogen will automatically select the pattern recorded notes will be inserted to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:796
msgid "The incoming notes will be added in a non-destructive way. This means when attempting to add a notes at a position already containing one of equal pitch, the new note will be discarded and the old one kept."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:809
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='punch_in.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:802
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Song ruler with a red rectangle indicating the punch in area. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"punch_in.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:814
msgid "You can also limit patterns new notes will be recorded to by defining a continuous <emphasis role=\"bold\">punch in</emphasis> area via right click and dragging the cursor to the right in the ruler of the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editor</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:821
msgid "Session Management"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:823
msgid "With Session Management you can easily restore complex sessions involving numerous applications including their particular state. Hydrogen does support some Session Management systems too."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:828
msgid "All the supported Session Management protocols are Linux only. There is no (tested) support for MacOS and Windows yet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:840
msgid "We highly recommend using this protocol for Session Management."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:835
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>NSM</abbrev></emphasis>: <ulink url=\"http://non.tuxfamily.org/nsm/API.html\">Non Session Manager (<abbrev>NSM</abbrev>)</ulink> is of 2021 the de facto standard in Session Management tools within the Linux audio community and Hydrogen does over full support and compliance to its API. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:852
msgid "You have to activate <abbrev>LASH</abbrev> support in the <link linkend=\"fig.preferences.general_tab\">General</link> tab of the Preference dialog in order to use it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:847
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>LASH</abbrev></emphasis>: Hydrogen provides a basic support for <ulink url=\"http://lash.nongnu.org\">LASH Audio Session Handler (<abbrev>LASH</abbrev>)</ulink>. This covers recalling the song used within the session but, unlike the NSM support, no recalling of the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> connections and no per-session preferences. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:861
msgid "NSM"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:863
msgid "Hydrogen will be under session management if you start it via a <abbrev>NSM</abbrev> server application, like <ulink url=\"https://github.com/Houston4444/RaySession\">RaySession</ulink>. You can easily check whether Hydrogen is aware of the session by checking out the <option>Project</option> option of the <link linkend=\"chpt.main_menu\">Main Menu</link> as some action will have changed in order to comply to the <abbrev>NSM</abbrev> API."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:869
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Replace With New Song</emphasis> instead of <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.projects.new\">New</link>. Replaces the song associated with the session by an empty one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:875
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import Into Session</emphasis> instead of <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.projects.open\">Open</link>. Replaces the song associated with the session by a song of your choice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:881
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import Recent Info Session</emphasis> instead of <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.projects.open_recent\">Open Recent</link>. Replaces the song associated with the session by one of the recently used songs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:892
msgid "In contrast to the <emphasis>Save As</emphasis> command the underlying path of the current song will not be changed. All subsequent <emphasis>Save</emphasis> actions will store the current state of the song to the file in the session folder and <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> to the path of the exported file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:887
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Export From Session As</emphasis> instead of <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.projects.save_as\">Save As</link>. Stores the song associated with the session at a location of your choice as <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2song\">.h2song</link> file. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:904
msgid "This allows you to create fully self sufficient backups of your Hydrogen session using <command>tar -chf</command>. These can even be ported and used on systems which do not have the required drumkits installed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:910
msgid "Note that only the stock <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.drumkits\">drumkit</link> loaded last will be linked in the session folder. In case you only alter instrument parameters or delete instruments or samples this will work perfectly fine. But as soon as you add instruments from other drumkits or external samples, the linked drumkit folder won't contain all samples required by your current song anymore. You need to <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.save\">saved</link> the kit (or create a new one) in order to ensure consistency."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:900
msgid "Both the song and the preferences associated with the session will be stored in a session folder called <filename>Hydrogen.*</filename>. In addition, the drumkit (and its samples) used with the song will linked into the session folder as well. If the link is replaced by a folder containing a valid drumkit, this one will be used over the system and user drumkits. <_:tip-1/> <_:warning-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:919
msgid "Command-line Options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: para/screen
#: manual.docbook:923
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<command>-h, --help                  Displays this help.</command>\n"
"<command>-v, --version               Displays version information.</command>\n"
"<command>-d, --driver &lt;Audiodriver&gt;  Use the selected audio driver (jack, alsa, pulseaudio, auto)</command>\n"
"<command>-i, --install &lt;File&gt;        Install a drumkit (*.h2drumkit)</command>\n"
"<command>-n, --nosplash              Hide splash screen</command>\n"
"<command>-p, --playlist &lt;File&gt;       Load a playlist (*.h2playlist) at startup</command>\n"
"<command>-P, --data &lt;Path&gt;           Use an alternate system data path</command>\n"
"<command>-s, --song &lt;File&gt;           Load a song (*.h2song) at startup</command>\n"
"<command>-k, --kit &lt;DrumkitName&gt;     Load a drumkit at startup</command>\n"
"<command>-V, --verbose &lt;Level&gt;       Level, if present, may be None, Error, Warning, Info, Debug or 0xHHHH</command>\n"
"      "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:937
msgid "Which audio drivers are supported depends on both your platform and its installed packages. Your local help message will display all available options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:921
msgid "After <link linkend=\"chpt.download\">installing</link> Hydrogen on your system you can invoke it from the command-line with a number of different options. <_:screen-1/> <_:note-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:947
msgid "Preferences"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:949
msgid "Using this window most of the configuration options and customization can be altered. The Preferences Dialog can be accessed via the <parameter>Options</parameter> element in the <link linkend=\"chpt.main_menu\">Main Menu</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:952
#: manual.docbook:3737
#: manual.docbook:4419
msgid "General"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:955
msgid "The General Tab"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:958
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesGeneral_V3.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:969
#: manual.docbook:1086
msgid "For this setting to take effect you have to restart Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:975
msgid "If your mother tongue is not available or the corresponding translation is flawed or incomplete, you would have an accessible way to contribute to Hydrogen at hand. Please see the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.info\">About</link> dialog in the Info option of the Main menu for information of how to contact the Hydrogen dev team."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:965
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Language</emphasis>: chooses one of the translations Hydrogen is available in. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:984
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Reopen last used song</emphasis>: determines whether Hydrogen will open the last used song during startup or an empty song instead."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:994
msgid "This can come in handy when you are using Hydrogen live."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:990
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Reopen last used playlist</emphasis>: determines whether the last used <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">Playlist</link> will be loaded during startup or none at all. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1007
msgid "Using relative paths might be handy when using your playlist on different computers or user profiles."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1001
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Use relative paths for playlist</emphasis>: specifies whether the paths stored in a <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2playlist\">.h2playlist</link> file will be absolute or relative to the <filename role=\"directory\">playlist</filename> folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually <filename role=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/</filename>). <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1014
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Hide keyboard input cursor</emphasis>: hides the keyboard cursor until you press a key on you keyboard (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.keyboard_and_mouse\"/>). By enabling this feature you can switch to the look and feel of the interaction with the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editor</link> prior to Hydrogen v1.1."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1025
msgid "You may consider using the more advanced <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.session_management.nsm\">NSM</link> support of Hydrogen which gives you many additional features, like restoring all <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> connections or creating a per-session configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1020
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Use LASH</emphasis>: enables <abbrev>LASH</abbrev> (<abbrev>LASH</abbrev> Audio Session Handler) support within Hydrogen. This allows you to recover a particular song associated with a session. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1037
msgid "This is quite handy if you are using different sound cards or external <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> devices, like a keyboard or an e-drum, with mismatching clocks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1040
msgid "In order to find useful values for these, you will need to take some time to play with it. Also, you may want different values depending on the speed of your hardware, audio devices, drivers, etc. Using the Beat Counter effectively requires practice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1032
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Beat counter drift compensation in 1/10 ms</emphasis>: allows you to compensate for system latency. The provided number will be added to each consecutive triggering of the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.tap_tempo_beat_counter.beat_counter\">Beat Counter</link>. The allowed range is from <option>-200</option> to <option>200</option>. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1066
#: manual.docbook:2527
#: manual.docbook:2558
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_bc_set_play_on.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1057
msgid "The Beat Counter has to be set to <emphasis role=\"bold\">Set <abbrev>BPM</abbrev> and play</emphasis> - <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button containing a \"P\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_bc_set_play_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> should be displayed in the bottom right corner - for this setting to take effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1051
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Beat counter start offset in ms</emphasis>: sets the time between the Beat Counter's last input stroke and when the song starts playing. Its allowed range is from <option>-500</option> to <option>500</option>. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1076
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Maximum number of bars</emphasis>: sets the maximum number of supported bars/patterns for a single song. Its allowed range is from <option>1</option> to <option>800</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1082
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Maximum number of layers</emphasis>: sets the maximum number of <link linkend=\"def.layer\">layers</link> for a single instrument. Its allowed range is from <option>16</option> to <option>8192</option>. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1099
msgid "These autosave files will be hidden and contain an additional suffix \"autosave\". E.g. if your current song is called <filename>example.h2song</filename> the backup will be stored in <filename>.example.autosave.h2song</filename> within the same directory. But you do not need to be careful when chosing a song name. Hydrogen will take care of finding a filename for the backup not existing yet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1094
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Numbers of autosaves per hour</emphasis>: sets how often Hydrogen will generate a backup of your current song in case it contains any unsaved modifications. In case there is an autosave file with a more recent timestamp next to a song, Hydrogen will ask you upon opening whether to restore the unsaved changes or to load the raw song. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1111
msgid "This option is only available if your version of Hydrogen does <emphasis>not</emphasis> already has Rubber Band support compiled into it. If it does and the option is hot shown, everything is already configured and you don't have to worry about Rubber Band at all."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1117
msgid "If you are using Ubuntu, you can install Rubber Band from the Software Center via the package <option>rubberband-cli</option>. For other Linux distros please check your package manager and for other platforms please check <ulink url=\"http://breakfastquay.com/rubberband/\">the Rubber Band site </ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1136
#: manual.docbook:2638
#: manual.docbook:5222
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlRubberbandButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1126
msgid "If Rubber Band is installed and configured correctly, you will see an extra button <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlRubberbandButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">Main Toolbar</link>. You can use this behavior to verify your configuration."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1107
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Path to the Rubberband command-line utility</emphasis>: sets the absolute path to the <command>rubberband</command> command line interface (CLI) Hydrogen will use for stretching samples in the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.pitch\">Sample Editor</link>. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/> <_:tip-3/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:1150
msgid "Audio System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:1153
msgid "The Audio System Tab"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1156
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesAudioSystem_V3.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1163
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Audio System</emphasis>: let's you choose the audio driver used by Hydrogen to connect to your computer's sound card."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1167
msgid "Available options:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1178
msgid "This option is recommended for beginners."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1173
msgid "<option>Auto</option>: Hydrogen will try a number of different drivers in a predetermined, OS-dependent order, choose the first working one, and display the result. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1187
msgid "<option>JACK</option>: The <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> driver is a professional audio server which permits very low lag and exchanges with other audio software. The <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> server will start automatically if not already running."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1194
msgid "We strongly recommend using this driver to have the best out of Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1201
msgid "<option>ALSA</option>: The widely adopted Linux standard audio driver."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1206
msgid "<option>OSS</option>: The <abbrev>OSS</abbrev> audio driver uses <filename>/dev/dsp</filename> and it's based on the <abbrev>OSS</abbrev> interface which is supported by the vast majority of sound cards available for Linux; this said, the use of this audio driver blocks <filename>/dev/dsp</filename> until Hydrogen is closed i.e. unusable by any other software. Use it as last resort."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1216
msgid "<option>PortAudio</option>: An open-source multi platform audio driver interface layer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1221
msgid "<option>CoreAudio</option>: A driver for MacOS."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1225
msgid "<option>PulseAudio</option>: A driver for the cross platform PulseAudio sound server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1234
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Host API</emphasis> (PortAudio only): some systems (notably Windows) have more than one native way for applications to interact with audio hardware (APIs), and not all audio devices are supported by all APIs. If you don't find your sound device in the device list, try changing the Host API setting."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1245
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Device</emphasis>: specifies the particular sound card the audio driver will use."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1251
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Buffer size</emphasis>: specifies the size of the batch of time Hydrogen will process in one run. Supported values are from <option>100</option> to <option>5000</option>, although this can vary depending on audio system and sound device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1259
msgid "In general, selecting a smaller buffer size will allow the audio system to reduce latency (the lag between hitting a key and the sound being played), but can lead to increased likelihood of audio glitches."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1272
msgid "If you are using the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> audio driver, the sample rate can not be altered from within Hydrogen and the audio driver configuration should happen before starting the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> server."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1268
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sample rate</emphasis>: specifies the number of data points the audio signal will contain within one second. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1281
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Track output</emphasis>: determines which audio settings will be applied to the outgoing audio of the per-instrument <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> output ports."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1284
msgid "<option>Post-Fader</option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1286
#: manual.docbook:1305
msgid "note <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.velocity\">velocity</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.pan\">pan</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1287
#: manual.docbook:1306
msgid "<link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.controls.layer_gain\">layer gain</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1288
msgid "component <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.controls.component_gain\">gain</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips.fader_and_lcd\">volume</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1289
msgid "instrument <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.gain_and_mute_group\">gain</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.general.sustain\">sustain</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.pan\">pan</link>, and <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.fader_and_lcd\">volume</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1296
#: manual.docbook:1313
msgid "<link linkend=\"sect.song_editor.automation_path\">automation path</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">velocity humanization</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1303
msgid "<option>Pre-Fader</option>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1308
msgid "instrument <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.general.sustain\">sustain</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1322
msgid "This option is only available if the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> audio driver was selected and it will only take effect if the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Connect to default <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> output ports</emphasis> option is checked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1328
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">BBT sync method</emphasis>: if Hydrogen uses <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> transport in the presence of an external <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> Timebase master (TBM), it will use the provided measure and tempo information instead of the local one of either the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">song's tempo</link> or the Tempo Markers added to the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.timeline\">Timeline</link>. But due to fundamental design choices within Hydrogen, it can not set both measure and speed provided by <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> for arbitrary pattern combinations. You have two options here. Either drop all measure changes in the TBM and work with tempo changes only to support arbitrary patterns (using option <option>constant measure</option>) or to keep the length of each pattern consistent with the corresponding measure in the TBM and to use both tempo and measure provided by <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> (option <option>matching bars</option>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1345
#: manual.docbook:1390
#: manual.docbook:1411
#: manual.docbook:1434
msgid "This option is only available if the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> audio driver was selected."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1357
#: manual.docbook:2706
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlJackTransportButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1368
#: manual.docbook:2721
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlJackMasterButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1348
msgid "For this option to take effect the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the text \"J.TRANS\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlJackTransportButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button has to be activated and the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the text \"J.MASTER\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlJackMasterButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button deactivated in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.jack_control\">Main Toolbar</link> (next to having a <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> TBM application)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1376
msgid "Hydrogen can be registered as <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> Timebase Master via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.jack_control\">Main Toolbar</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1382
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Connect to default <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> output ports</emphasis>: connects the main stereo <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> output ports of the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master Fader Strip</link> to the default <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> input ports of your system (<emphasis>system:playback_1</emphasis> and <emphasis>system:playback_2</emphasis>). This will be done every time Hydrogen starts up or the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> audio driver is restarted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1397
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create per-instrument <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> output ports</emphasis>: in addition to the main stereo output Hydrogen will register <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> output ports for every single instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1404
msgid "This can be useful if you want to add effects to a single instrument with jack-rack for example."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:1417
msgid "There are no <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> output ports for the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">Metronome</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.playbackTrack\">Playback Track</link>. Their audio is only available via the main stereo output ports of Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1428
msgid "Some <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> clients are not well written or have fallen into despair. As a result Hydrogen could receive nuisance signals messing up its playback. If you encounter weird jumps in the transport position and/or Hydrogen is out of sync after relocating the transport position, you might try to uncheck this option."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1423
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Enable <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> timebase master support</emphasis>: whether Hydrogen will respond to or ignore the incoming BBT (tempo and measure) information sent by the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> server. <_:tip-1/> <_:note-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1441
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Apply and restart output</emphasis>: restarts the audio driver and makes all settings specified above take effect without closing and reopening the entire Preferences dialog."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1451
msgid "Depending on your CPU Hydrogen might be overrunning your audio driver due to this parameter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1447
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Polyphony</emphasis>: specifies the maximum number of notes played simultaneously. Supported values are from <option>1</option> to <option>512</option>. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1458
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Metronome volume</emphasis>: sets the volume of the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">Metronome</link>. Supported values are from <option>1</option> to <option>100</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1464
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Interpolate resampling</emphasis>: specifies the type of resampling applied if a <link linkend=\"def.sample\">sample</link> does not use the same Sample Rate as Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:1474
msgid "MIDI System"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:1477
msgid "The MIDI System Tab"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1480
#: manual.docbook:6243
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/MidiSystem_V2.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1487
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> driver</emphasis>: selects the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> driver Hydrogen will use to send <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1493
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Input</emphasis>: selects the device Hydrogen will expect <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages to receive from."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1499
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Output</emphasis>: selects the device Hydrogen will send <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1505
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Channel</emphasis>: specifies whether Hydrogen should listen to <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages on one particular of the 16 available channels or on all of them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1515
msgid "This makes better use of the drumkit samples used in Hydrogen when working with certain external <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> devices. But it may also discard <emphasis>Cymbal choke</emphasis> messages in some e-drums."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1511
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Ignore note-off</emphasis>: specifies whether Hydrogen will respond to the <emphasis>note-off</emphasis> <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> message. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1527
msgid "the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master Fader Strip</link> volume and mute state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1532
msgid "an Instrument Strip <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.pan\">pan</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.fader_and_lcd\">volume</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.mute\">mute</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.solo\">solo</link> state"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1537
msgid "whether the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">Metronome</link> is activated"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1522
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Enable <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> feedback</emphasis>: specifies whether Hydrogen will send a message about updated values every time a certain parameter is changed. These parameters are <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1545
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Discard <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages after action has been triggered</emphasis>: specifies whether a <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> note - after performing the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> action associated with it - should be played back or be discard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1555
msgid "This option only takes effect if <emphasis role=\"bold\">Input mode</emphasis> in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.options\">Options</link> tab of the Main Menu is set to <option>Drumkit</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1551
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Use output note as input note</emphasis>: if checked the instrument mapped to an incoming <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> note is determined by its <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.midi_out_settings\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Out Settings</link> in the Instrument Editor. Otherwise, the <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.midi_mapping_and_virtual_keyboard\">default <abbrev>MIDI mapping</abbrev></link> (based on the instrument order in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link>) will be used. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:1563
msgid "Using the table in the lower part of the tab you can associate <link linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> actions</link> provided by Hydrogen with incoming <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages. How this is done will be explained in the <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:1570
msgid "OSC"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:1573
msgid "The OSC Tab"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1576
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/PreferencesOSC.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1586
msgid "In order to see and access the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Enable OSC feedback</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">Import port</emphasis> option, <emphasis role=\"bold\">Enable OSC support</emphasis> has to be checked first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1593
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Enable OSC support</emphasis>: Allows Hydrogen to receive <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> commands send by external programs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1605
msgid "<link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.master_volume_absolute\">/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE</emphasis></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1608
msgid "<link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.toggle_metronome\">/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">TOGGLE_METRONOME</emphasis></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1611
msgid "<link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.mute_toggle\">/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">MUTE_TOGGLE</emphasis></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1614
msgid "<link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.strip_volume_absolute\">/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X</emphasis></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1617
msgid "<link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.strip_volume_relative\">/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X</emphasis></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1620
msgid "<link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.pan_absolute\">/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PAN_ABSOLUTE/X</emphasis></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1623
msgid "<link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.strip_mute_toggle\">/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X</emphasis></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1626
msgid "<link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.strip_solo_toggle\">/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X</emphasis></link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1597
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Enable OSC feedback</emphasis>: Hydrogen will broadcast <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> messages to all registered clients each time does change. A client can register to receive <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> messages by sending a message to Hydrogen previously. The <emphasis role=\"bold\">state broadcast as feedback</emphasis> is composed of the following <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> paths: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1633
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Incoming port</emphasis>: Specifies the <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> port Hydrogen will be register to. Values up to <option>20000</option> are supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:1581
msgid "The <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> tab (<xref linkend=\"fig.preferences.osc_tab\"/>) let's you modify all options associated with <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> (Open Sound Control) (see chapter <link linkend=\"chpt.osc\">OSC API</link> for details). <_:note-1/> <_:itemizedlist-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1639
msgid "If the chosen <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> port is already occupied, Hydrogen will pick an alternative one on startup and displays it via a popup as well as in the <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> tab of the Preferences Dialog."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:1647
msgid "Appearance"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:1649
msgid "The settings available in the <emphasis>Appearance</emphasis> tab let you modify the look of Hydrogen and are treated differently than the ones found in other tabs. While the latter are stored in the <filename>hydrogen.conf</filename> file in Hydrogen's data folder, the appearance is stored in <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2theme\">.h2theme</link> files in the dedicated <filename role=\"directory\">theme</filename> subfolder. The idea is that while the remaining settings are tailored to your local setup, a theme is something that is easily portable. E.g. you can create a custom dark theme and share it with the Hydrogen community without them having to adopt it to their local setup."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1662
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/preferencesExportThemeButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1675
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/preferencesImportThemeButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1688
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/preferencesResetThemeButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:1653
msgid "This can be done using the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey record button with label \"Export Theme\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/preferencesExportThemeButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> and <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey record button with label \"Import Theme\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/preferencesImportThemeButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> buttons. All changes applied to a theme (unless indicated otherwise in the dialog) will take effect immediately. If you are satisfied with the result, accept the dialog by clicking the OK button to save it. If you, however, want to reset all options to their state encountered when opening the dialog or importing last theme, hit the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey record button with label \"Reset Appearance Tab\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/preferencesResetThemeButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button or close the dialog."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:1696
msgid "Interface"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:1699
msgid "The Interface Tab"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1702
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/preferencesInterfaceTab.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:1707
msgid "The <emphasis>Interface</emphasis> tab covers the overall appearance of Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1718
msgid "Using this option you might be able to better integrate Hydrogen into your operating system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1713
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Style</emphasis>: specifies a certain look of GUI elements, like menus, scrollbars, and dialog windows. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1725
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Meters falloff speed</emphasis>: specifies how fast the visual update of the peak values shown in the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strips</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips\">Component Channel Strips</link>, and <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master Fader Strip</link> will be done."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1735
msgid "In order for this setting to take effect, Hydrogen has to be restarted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1731
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Default interface layout</emphasis>: specifies whether the GUI of Hydrogen will be arranged in <link linkend=\"fig.UI_overview\">Single Pane mode</link> or <link linkend=\"fig.tabbed_UI_overview\">Tabbed mode</link> (see <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.gui\">Main User Interface</link> for details). <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1742
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">High-resolution display scaling</emphasis>: specifies whether the underlying bitmap graphics of the GUI should be scaled to larger sizes by Qt in order for Hydrogen to look nice with your system's resolution settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1748
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Icon color</emphasis>: while the color of all button labels can be set in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.appearance_tab.colors\">Colors</link> tab, the icons hold the color used in the corresponding <abbrev>SVG</abbrev> file and can not be altered freely. To still allow you to change the overall colors conveniently, Hydrogen is shipped with all icons available in either <option>Black</option> and <option>White</option> color."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1754
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Coloring method for Song Editor elements</emphasis>: determines the coloring of the grid boxes indicating the presence of a pattern in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editor</link>. The options available are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1760
msgid "<option>Automatic</option>: uses as many colors as there are patterns in the song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1766
msgid "<option>Custom</option>: uses a certain number of colors in a repeated way."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1773
msgid "By chosing <option>Custom</option> two more settings will become available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1779
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Number of colors in Song Editor</emphasis>: how many different colors should be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1785
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Selected colors</emphasis>: a list of color buttons. Clicking one will open a dialog allowing you to change its color."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:1796
msgid "Colors"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:1799
msgid "The Colors Tab"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1802
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/preferencesColorsTab.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:1807
msgid "The <emphasis>Colors</emphasis> tab exposes most of the colors used within Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1816
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">General</emphasis>: basic Qt colors. Most of them are used in many parts of the GUI. But some of them might be not used at all. So, don't worry in case altering one of these does not result in visual changes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1822
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Widgets</emphasis>: colors in small and interactive elements of the GUI, like buttons or combo boxes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1828
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Song Editor</emphasis>: colors specific to the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editor</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1834
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pattern Editor</emphasis>: colors specific to the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:1811
msgid "You can select a color by clicking its name in the tree you find on the left side. It is grouping the individual colors into <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:1842
msgid "Once selected you can change a color by either clicking the large colored rectangle in the upper right part of the tab (which opens a color dialog) or by using the spinboxes and sliders in the lower right part. The latter represent the colors components according to the <abbrev>RGB</abbrev> as well as the <abbrev>HSV</abbrev> color model."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:1849
msgid "Font"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:1852
msgid "The Font Tab"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1855
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/preferencesFontTab.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:1860
msgid "The <emphasis>Font</emphasis> tab contains all options affecting strings, characters, and numbers displayed in the GUI."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1865
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Application font</emphasis>: specifies the font family used for headings, larger labels, and most parts of the dialogs and popups."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1871
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Item font</emphasis>: specifies the font family used for smaller elements, like the name of patterns in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Song Editor or the name of the samples in the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers\">Layers view</link> of the Instrument Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1877
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Widget font</emphasis>: specifies the font family used for small and interactive elements of the GUI, like buttons."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1883
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Font size</emphasis>: accessibility option to increase or decrease the overall font size of Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:1897
msgid "Main Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:1900
msgid "The Main Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:1903
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/MainMenu.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:1909
msgid "Project"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:1910
msgid "This menu offers file related functions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1914
msgid "If you are using Hydrogen within a <abbrev>NSM</abbrev> session, some of the options below will be called and behave differently (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.overview.session_management.nsm\"/> for details)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1921
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">New</emphasis>: creates a new and empty song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1924
msgid "Prior to version 1.2 of Hydrogen new songs were based on <filename>DefaultSong.h2song</filename> in Hydrogen's data folder and all <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.general_tab.autosaves\">backups</link> of unsaved changes were associated with it. This had the unfortunate downside that it was quite easy to lose all changes made in a new song in case you forget to change it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1927
msgid "Since 1.2 new songs are not associated with any file anymore and Hydrogen makes sure the backup file generated does not exist yet and no data gets overwritten. In addition, when working on a newly created song and closing the application without saving the changes, e.g. due to a power outage, Hydrogen is now capable of restoring these changes from the backup file and prompts you at the beginning of the next session whether it should do so."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1930
msgid "If you are used to altering the <filename>DefaultSong.h2song</filename> and use it as a template, you can still do the same by <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.projects.open\">opening</link> and <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.projects.save_as\">saving</link> it using a different name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1936
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Song Properties</emphasis>: sets general properties of the song such as name, author, <link linkend=\"chpt.license\">license</link>, and generic notes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1940
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Open</emphasis>: opens an existing song (a <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2song\">.h2song</link> file)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:1946
msgid "The demo songs are stored in <filename role=\"directory\">$INSTALL_PATH/share/hydrogen/data/demo_songs</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1943
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Open Demo</emphasis>: opens one of the demo songs shipped with Hydrogen. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1953
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Open Recent</emphasis>: opens a menu showing the last used songs (ordered from most recent to least recent)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1956
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis>: saves changes to current song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1962
msgid "In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the <link linkend=\"sect.sl.songs\">Songs section of the Sound Library</link>, you have to store it in the <filename role=\"directory\">songs</filename> subfolder of Hydrogen data directory (<filename role=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/songs/</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1959
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Save As</emphasis>: saves current song as <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2song\">.h2song</link> file to a path of your choice. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1969
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Open Pattern</emphasis>: opens a pattern (a <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2pattern\">.h2pattern</link> file) belonging to the current drumkit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:1977
msgid "In order for Hydrogen to automatically list it in the <link linkend=\"sect.sl.patterns\">Patterns section of the Sound Library</link>, you have to store it in <filename>$HOME/.hydrogen/data/patterns/drumkit_name/</filename>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1973
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Export Pattern As</emphasis>: saves a pattern as a <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2pattern\">.h2pattern</link> file. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1985
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Export MIDI File</emphasis>: exports the current song in <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> format."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1989
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Export Song</emphasis>: exports the current song into an audio file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1991
msgid "The <emphasis role=\"bold\">Export mode</emphasis> option <option>Export to a single track</option> will export one stereo downmix of your song - the master output. <option>Export to separate tracks</option> will create files for each instrument/track. <option>Both</option> will create a stereo downmix as well as audio files for all individual instruments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:1997
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Export LilyPond File</emphasis>: exports the current song to LilyPond."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:1999
msgid "It has the following limitations: Only the <emphasis>GMRockKit</emphasis> and no triplets are supported."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2004
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Quit</emphasis>: exits Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2010
msgid "Undo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2014
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Undo</emphasis>: lets you undo your last action."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2017
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Redo</emphasis>: lets you redo the last undone action."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2020
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Undo History</emphasis>: gives you an overview of your previous actions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2027
#: manual.docbook:4331
msgid "Drumkits"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2030
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">New</emphasis>: creates a new and empty <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.drumkits\">drumkit</link> by clearing all the instruments of the current one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2039
msgid "Using this option you can only load drumkits that have been already imported into Hydrogen. If you just received a new one from an external source, be sure to use the <link linkend=\"sect.main_form.import_drumkit\">Import</link> option described below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2034
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Open</emphasis>: opens one of the registered drumkits and replaces the currently loaded one. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2046
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Properties</emphasis>: sets general properties of the drumkit associated with the current song, such as name, author, <link linkend=\"chpt.license\">license</link>, general information, image, and image license."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:2055
#: manual.docbook:2071
msgid "See <xref linkend=\"chpt.overview.drumkits\"/> and <xref linkend=\"chpt.license\"/> for further information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2052
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Save</emphasis>: saves all settings of the drumkit associated with the current (including those of their instruments and sound samples). <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2065
msgid "The new drumkit will be a physical copy of the old one and is stored into the <filename role=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits/</filename> folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2062
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Save As</emphasis>: saves all settings of the current drumkit (including those of their instruments and sound samples) as new drumkit. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2081
msgid "For compatibility reasons you can also export your drumkit in a format used in older versions ( &lt;= 0.9.6 ) of Hydrogen. By doing so you need to select a single <link linkend=\"def.component\">component</link> to export since having multiple ones was not supported back than."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2078
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Export</emphasis>: compresses and stores all instrument samples and settings of the current drumkit into a folder of your choice as <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2drumkit\">.h2drumkit</link> file. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2088
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Import</emphasis>: imports a drumkit (a <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2drumkit\">.h2drumkit</link> file) from the local filesystem."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2093
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Online Import</emphasis>: imports another drumkit from a remote location through a <abbrev>XML</abbrev> feed. The <abbrev>XML</abbrev> file that should be provided is <emphasis role=\"bold\">NOT</emphasis> <abbrev>RSS</abbrev> compliant (see <ulink url=\"http://www.hydrogen-music.org/feeds/drumkit_list.php\">Hydrogen website</ulink> for an example)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:2102
msgid "Import Drumkit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2105
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/Sound_Library_import.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2100
msgid "<_:figure-1/> The Import window will pop up with the <emphasis>Internet</emphasis> tab selected. By default the link to the drumkit list (on <ulink url=\"http://hydrogen-music.org\"/>) will be filled in, and after pressing the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Update list</emphasis> button you will get a complete list of all drumkits that are available for download. In the <emphasis>Status</emphasis> column on the you can see if a kit is installed or not."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2117
msgid "If you select one of the drumkits you will see info about this kit in the right pane of the Import window: name, description, author and also the <link linkend=\"chpt.license\">license</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2134
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='Downloading_SoundLibrary.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:2127
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Widget with progress bar popping up during the download of a drumit. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"Downloading_SoundLibrary.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2122
msgid "You can install a drumkit by selecting it and clicking <emphasis role=\"bold\">Download and Install</emphasis>. <_:informalfigure-1/> Once the kit has been downloaded it will be available in the <link linkend=\"chpt.sound_library.drumkits\">Sound Library</link> under <emphasis>User drumkits</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2149
msgid "Instruments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2150
msgid "This menu offers instruments functions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2155
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Add Instrument</emphasis>: adds a new instrument to the current drumkit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2158
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Clear All</emphasis>: deletes all instruments from the current drumkit leaving only an empty one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2161
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Add Component</emphasis>: adds a <link linkend=\"def.component\">component</link> to the current drumkit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2167
msgid "View"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2171
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Playlist Editor</emphasis>: opens the <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">Playlist Editor</link> window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2174
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Director</emphasis>: opens the <link linkend=\"chpt.director\">Director</link> window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2177
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Mixer</emphasis>: opens the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer\">Mixer</link> window."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2180
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Instrument Rack</emphasis>: shows or hides the widget of the main window containing both the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor\">Instrument Editor</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.sound_library\">Sound Library</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2183
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Automation Path</emphasis>: shows or hides the <link linkend=\"sect.song_editor.automation_path\">Automation Path</link> panel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2187
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Timeline</emphasis>: shows or hides the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.timeline\">Timeline</link> panel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2190
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Playback Track</emphasis>: shows or hides the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.playbackTrack\">Playback Track</link> panel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2193
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Full screen</emphasis>: maximises the window size to the whole screen area."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2199
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2202
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Input mode</emphasis>: when set to <option>Drumkit</option> the keys on your <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> keyboard will map to the instruments in your drumkit. If you set it to <option>Instrument</option> the keys of your <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> keyboard will trigger the instrument that is currently selected. The pitch of the instrument will follow the key you press on your keyboard. This feature is mainly used for non-drum instruments (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.overview.midi_mapping_and_virtual_keyboard\"/> for details). An example: if you use a sample of a piano for one of your instruments, you will be able to 'play' that piano instrument using your keyboard just like you are playing a piano synth."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2213
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Preferences</emphasis>: opens the main preferences window (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.preferences\"/> for details)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2220
msgid "Debug"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2222
msgid "Tools mainly for debugging and monitoring Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2226
msgid "The Debug option is only available if Hydrogen was compiled with debug support."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:2239
msgid "The Audio Engine View"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2242
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/AudioEngineInfoDialog.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2248
msgid "In case <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> is used, buffer and sampling rate should be set in the configuration of the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> server before starting Hydrogen (<abbrev>JACK</abbrev> automatically starts when an application tries to connect)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2235
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Show Audio Engine Info</emphasis>: opens a window that shows various stats about Hydrogen and the audio driver. <_:figure-1/> <_:note-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2259
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Show Filesystem Info</emphasis>: opens a window that shows you the paths to the user and system data directory as well as to the folder used to create temporary files."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2269
msgid "<option>None</option>: No messages will be written at all."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2274
msgid "<option>Error</option>: Only messages concerning critical errors will be written out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2279
msgid "<option>Warning</option>: Like <option>Error</option> but in addition also general warnings about potential bugs or inconsistencies will be written out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2284
msgid "<option>Info</option>: Like <option>Warning</option> but also all info messages indicating the correct behavior of Hydrogen will be written out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2289
msgid "<option>Debug</option>: Like <option>Info</option> but also internal help messages used for developing will be written out."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2264
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Log Level</emphasis>: specifies which log messages will be written into the log file. <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2298
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Open Log File</emphasis>: opens Hydrogen's log in either the terminal the application was started in or in a new terminal instance."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2305
msgid "Info"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2309
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">User Manual</emphasis>: opens a window with a version of this manual installed on your local computer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2312
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">About</emphasis>: the usual window with license information, acknowledgments, etc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2316
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Report Bug</emphasis>: opens the <ulink url=\"https://github.com/hydrogen-music/hydrogen/issues\">Hydrogen issue page at github.com</ulink> in your default Internet browser. You can open a new issue to communicate a bug here (first search if there exists already an issue about it)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2320
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Donate</emphasis>: make a donation to developers/maintainers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:2327
msgid "Main Toolbar"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:2330
msgid "The Main Toolbar"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2334
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/MainToolbar_V2.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:2339
msgid "Before analyzing the two main frames of Hydrogen, let's take a quick look at the main toolbar and its components."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2343
msgid "Transport Control"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2357
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/background_Control_V2.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:2348
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the transport control. From left to right: rewind, record, pause and play, stop, fast forward, and loop button. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/background_Control_V2.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2374
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlStopButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2388
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlForwardButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2396
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlRewindButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2404
#: manual.docbook:3185
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlLoopButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2362
msgid "Using these buttons you can <emphasis role=\"bold\">start</emphasis> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlPlayButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> (also bound to <keycap>Space</keycap>, see <xref linkend=\"chap.shortcuts\"/> for further related shortcuts) and <emphasis role=\"bold\">stop</emphasis> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlStopButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> playback, <emphasis role=\"bold\">record</emphasis> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlRecordButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> new patterns (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\"/> for details), <emphasis role=\"bold\">fast forward</emphasis> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlForwardButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">rewind</emphasis> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlRewindButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> transport position, and <emphasis role=\"bold\">loop</emphasis> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlLoopButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2414
#: manual.docbook:3172
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlSongModeButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2422
#: manual.docbook:3201
#: manual.docbook:3238
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/playerControlPatternModeButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2410
msgid "In addition, you can switch between <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlSongModeButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> and <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Pattern Mode</link> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlPatternModeButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> ."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:2429
msgid "When using the <link linkend=\"chpt.keyboard_and_mouse\">Keyboard</link> to navigate in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editor</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link> the shortcut <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Space</keycap> (or <keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>Space</keycap> on MacOS) will change the mode to the one corresponding to the editor. In addition, it will move the current transport position to either the note (Pattern Editor) or the pattern (Song Editor) focused by the cursor and starts the playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2436
msgid "Tap Tempo and Beat Counter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2451
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/MeasureSettings.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:2439
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings using the Beat Counter. In the center there is a display showing to the left the beat type and to the right on top the current mode of the Beat Counter and the value of the Countdown Counter below. To the left and right of the display there are buttons to decrease or increase the beat type (left) and Countdown Counter value (right). </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/MeasureSettings.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2456
msgid "This section covers how to interactively change tempo using the <emphasis>Beat Counter</emphasis>. Due to conceptional similarities the <emphasis>Tap Tempo</emphasis> will be covered as well which itself is not related to the widget displayed above."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:2459
msgid "Tap Tempo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:2461
msgid "The Tap Tempo allows you to change the tempo at any time - with transport rolling or stopped - within Hydrogen. To change the tempo, hit the <keycap>\\</keycap> key in the tempo you want."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:2465
msgid "After two keystrokes the tempo will be first changed according to the time difference between the two taps. With each addition keystroke the tempo will be changed again to the rolling average of the last up to eight hits of the <keycap>\\</keycap> button. If you tap accidentally, or if you wait too long between taps, the Tap Tempo counter will start over."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2471
msgid "The widget shown above is the one of the Beat Counter. The Tap Tempo itself does neither have a dedicated widget nor any option to be set by the user."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:2478
msgid "Beat Counter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2490
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_bc_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:2480
msgid "The Beat Counter is essentially a Tap Tempo on steroids. By default the Beat Counter widget is not visible. To see the Beat Counter widget click the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey vertical button containing the characters \"B\" and \"C\" in adjacent rows. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_bc_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button or simply press <keycap>,</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:2495
msgid "The tempo that you tap will be considered to correspond to even beats of the song's beat type. The beat type can be set to 1/8 (for eight-note beats), 1/4 (for quarter-note beats), 1/2 (for half-note beats), and 1/1 (for whole-note beats). To change the beat type use the left <keycap>+</keycap> / <keycap>-</keycap> buttons. To change the Countdown Counter value, use the right <keycap>+</keycap> / <keycap>-</keycap> buttons. The Countdown Counter value can be set between 2 and 16 beats. (I.e. if you set the beat to 6, you will have to tap 6 times before the new tempo is computed and set.) When the display shows an <parameter>R</parameter>, it means that the Beat Counter is ready to start from 0. When you tap <keycap>,</keycap>, the <parameter>R</parameter> will change to 1, and will increment with every keystroke until it reaches the Countdown Counter value (shown just below the <parameter>R</parameter>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2516
#: manual.docbook:2542
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_bc_set_play_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:2507
msgid "The button in the bottom right-hand controls the auto-start feature, and it toggles between <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a \"S\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_bc_set_play_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> and <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button containing a \"P\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_bc_set_play_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> . When it shows the latter (for <emphasis>Play</emphasis>), the song will set the new tempo and automatically start to play after you tap the right number of beats (if it's not already playing, of course). This way, if you have the Beat Counter set up for 4/4, you can tap 1-2-3-4, and start playing on the next beat. When it shows <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a \"S\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_bc_set_play_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> (for <emphasis>Set BPM</emphasis>), the auto-start is disabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:2547
msgid "For example: Suppose you have a live band, Hydrogen, and a softsynth that is controlled by <command>Seq24</command>)... and you want them all to start at the same time. Set the beat type to 1/4 and the number of beats to 4. Enable auto-start (button shows <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button containing a \"P\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_bc_set_play_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> ). Count off the band 1-2-3-4 (while tapping the <keycap>,</keycap> key) and everyone starts on 1."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:2565
msgid "Another example: Same situation, but the song doesn't require Hydrogen or synths until some point later. During that time, a human (e.g. guitar player) will be setting the tempo. On the measure before Hydrogen is supposed to play, tap the comma key 1-2-3-4 with the beat... and you're in on the next beat (at the right tempo)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:2572
msgid "An temporal offset when starting the playback after setting the tempo and a latency compensation for the Beat Counter can be configured in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.general_tab\">General tab</link> of the Preferences Dialog."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2577
msgid "If you are using <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> transport in the presence of an external <link linkend=\"sect.preferences.jack.bbt\"><abbrev>JACK</abbrev> Timebase Master</link>, Hydrogen is supposed to be a <emphasis>slave</emphasis> and both Tap Tempo and Beat Counter will be disabled. If Hydrogen itself is the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> Transport Master, tempo changes from Hydrogen will be broadcasted to other <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> clients."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2586
msgid "BPM Control and Metronome"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2601
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/background_BPM.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:2589
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the tempo settings. To the left there are on top two buttons for decreasing and increasing the tempo and below one to activate the metronome. To the right and covering most of the area is a display showing the current BPM. At the far right there is a tall button activating the recalculation of samples processed by Rubber Band at tempo changes. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/background_BPM.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2606
msgid "Set the speed of the song in the range from <option>10</option> to <option>400</option> bpm (beats per minute)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2617
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_metronome_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2609
msgid "You can use <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing black outlines of a classical metronome. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_metronome_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> to toggle the metronome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:2623
msgid "The volume of the metronome can be adjusted in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.audio_tab\">Audio tab</link> of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2628
msgid "If either Rubber Band support is compiled into your current version of Hydrogen or correctly configured in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.general_tab\">General tab</link> of the Preferences, you will also find the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlRubberbandButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button next to the BPM widget. Activating it will enable recalculation of all sample pitches using Rubber Band whenever the tempo of the song will be changed (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.pitch\"/> for details)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2647
msgid "CPU Usage and MIDI in"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2660
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/MidiIN_CPU.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:2650
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> A block horizontal line in the upper part will contain a meter showing the load of the CPU. Below a small LED-like symbol next to the text \"MIDI-IN\" will indicated when there is <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> input. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/MidiIN_CPU.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2665
msgid "The <abbrev>CPU</abbrev> bargraph gives you an indication of the <abbrev>CPU</abbrev> load. The <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> led lights up every time Hydrogen receives a <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:2668
msgid "The <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> settings can be adjusted in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.midi_tab\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> tab</link> of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2673
msgid "In case a <abbrev>XRUN</abbrev> event occurs (<abbrev>CPU</abbrev> load is so large that audio processing could not be finished in time) the outlines of the <abbrev>CPU</abbrev> bargraph will be colored red for a couple of seconds."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2680
msgid "JACK Control"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2692
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/JackTrans_Master.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:2683
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Part of the Main Toolbar responsible for the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> configuration. The left button is titled \"J.TRANS\" and the right one \"J.MASTER\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/JackTrans_Master.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2697
msgid "Clicking <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the text \"J.TRANS\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlJackTransportButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> will enable <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> transport. If disabled, Hydrogen will still use the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> driver and registered audio ports. But it decouples its own transport state from the one of the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> server and will not be in sync with other clients anymore."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2711
msgid "Using <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the text \"J.MASTER\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlJackMasterButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> Hydrogen can be registered as <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> Timebase Master and will send additional information, like the current speed, to other <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> clients. If it's registered as <abbrev>master</abbrev>, the button will appear checked (blue by default). If, however, another application, like <command>Ardour</command>, is registered as Timebase Master and Hydrogen acts as <emphasis>slave</emphasis>, the button appears checked too but is colored red. As soon as it gets unchecked (which can happen without explicit user interaction) Hydrogen works as a stand-alone <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> client."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2729
msgid "The support of <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> Timebase can disabled in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.audio_tab\">Audio tab</link> of the Preferences. This can be useful in the presence of a fault Master broadcasting nuisance information."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2736
msgid "GUI State"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2749
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer-instrrack_btn.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:2739
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> In the upper part there are two buttons. The smaller one to the left is titled \"Mixer\" and the larger one \"Instrument rack\". Below there is a large blue display showing the default message of Hydrogen after startup \"Hydrogen Ready.\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixer-instrrack_btn.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2754
msgid "Toggles the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer\">Mixer</link> window and the Instrument Rack (containing both the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor\">Instrument Editor</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.sound_library\">Sound Library</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:2757
msgid "The line below displays status messages telling what Hydrogen is up to. Clicking it will open a popup menu showing the last 100 messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:2764
msgid "Song Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:2768
msgid "The Song Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2771
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/songEditorBackground.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:2777
msgid "The Song Editor gives an overview of the whole song (e.g. intro, verse, bridge, chorus and so on). Each colored square on this panel represents a playing pattern. It gives you complete freedom to add/remove patterns to the song and to move or copy any part of your song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:2785
msgid "Columns represent time periods within the song. While they're shown as the same width in the Song Editor, the length of time taken to play through a column is set by the length of the pattern or patterns which are active and playing during that time slot."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:2792
msgid "Multiple patterns can be active at the same time in a column, and they will play simultaneously. This allows instrument parts to be separated out into different patterns, or to add ornamentation or fills on top of basic patterns without duplicating the basics into both patterns."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:2799
msgid "In the case of multiple patterns of different lengths in one column only the largest one(s) will be represented by a square. The shorter patterns are indicated by rectangles whose width indicate their length relative to the longest one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:2806
msgid "You can alter the colors of the squares using the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.appearance_tab.interface\">Interface</link> tab in the Appearance tab of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2822
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/songEditorPositionRuler.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:2812
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Picture of a part of the Song Ruler used for naviagation. It indicates the position of certains bars by their number - \"1\", \"5\", \"9\", \"13\", \"17\". All remaining bars are indicated with a vertical line - \"|\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/songEditorPositionRuler.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2830
msgid "Navigation in Hydrogen is always quantized. It is only possible to move forward / backwards or locate to whole patterns."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:2836
msgid "You can also locate the keyboard cursor (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.keyboard_and_mouse\"/>) to a desired pattern and press <link linkend=\"chap.shortcuts.ctrl_space\"><keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Space</keycap></link> to relocate to this position."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:2827
msgid "In addition to the transport control provided in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">Main Toolbar</link> you can use the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Song Ruler</emphasis> to navigatw. This is the area above the grid and right of the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.main_controls\">Main Controls</link>. The position clicked will be rounded to the nearest pattern beginning (indicated by the faint playhead shown upon hovering) and transport will be relocated there. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:2844
msgid "Main Controls"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2858
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/bg_topPanel.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:2847
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Main Controls for the Song Editor. From left to right: larger button bearing the text \"CLEAR\" for deleting all patterns, new pattern button, two buttons to move the selected pattern down and up, two buttons to activate the Draw and the Select mode, and the button to switch between Selected Pattern Mode and Stacked Pattern Mode. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/bg_topPanel.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2873
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_clear_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2866
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the text \"CLEAR\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_clear_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject> : deletes all patterns (asks for confirmation!)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2887
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_new_on.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2880
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a plus sign. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_new_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject> : creates a new pattern (and asks for a name)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2901
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_updown.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2893
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Two grey button vertically aligned. The lower one contains a black arrow tip pointing downwards and the upper one pointing upwards. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_updown.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject> : moves currently selected pattern up or down."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:2907
msgid "You can also <emphasis>drag-and-drop</emphasis> a pattern up/down in the pattern list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2923
#: manual.docbook:3133
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_select.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2935
#: manual.docbook:3053
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_draw.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2915
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black brush. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_select.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : indicates that Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.draw\">Draw Mode</link> or <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with pointer and dashed rectangle. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_draw.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.select\">Select Mode</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2952
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_lock.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2944
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button if a black lock. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_lock.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : locks the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2958
msgid "If the Pattern Editor is locked, the user won't be able to select a pattern using the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Song Editor. Instead, Hydrogen will automatically select the currently playing pattern. In case there is more than one pattern present in the current row, the bottom-most one will be chosen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:2963
msgid "This becomes quite handy when <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link> notes in Song Mode. Hydrogen will always select the pattern recorded notes will be inserted to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2969
msgid "This button is only enabled in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link>. In <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Pattern Mode</link> recorded notes are always added to the currently selected pattern."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2983
#: manual.docbook:3214
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_pattern_mode.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:2992
#: manual.docbook:3251
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_stacked_mode.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:2976
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with a horizontal black line. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_pattern_mode.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject> : indicates that Hydrogen is in <emphasis>Selected Pattern Mode</emphasis> or <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with three horizontal black lines stacked vertically. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_stacked_mode.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject></inlinemediaobject> : in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.stacked\">Stacked Pattern Mode</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:2998
msgid "These two buttons will only be enabled in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Pattern Mode</link>. In <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> playing patterns are solely determined by the grid in the Song Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:3009
msgid "Song Editor modes"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3010
msgid "The Song Editor has two different <emphasis>interaction modes</emphasis>. The default <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.select\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Select Mode</emphasis></link> allows pattern blocks to be set, cleared, selected, moved and copied. The <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.draw\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Draw Mode</emphasis></link> instead allows pattern sequences to be drawn freehand."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3018
msgid "In both modes, you can perform basic editing: clicking an empty square activates the pattern in that time slot, and clicking again will deactivate it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3024
msgid "They keyboard can also be used for editing. The arrow keys <keycap>↑</keycap>|<keycap>↓</keycap>|<keycap>←</keycap>|<keycap>→</keycap> will move the keyboard input cursor, and pressing <keycap>Return</keycap> will activate or deactivate the pattern in the current column."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3032
msgid "In addition, there are two major <emphasis>playback modes</emphasis>, <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Song Mode</emphasis></link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Pattern Mode</emphasis></link> (with two minor submodes <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\"> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Selected Pattern mode</emphasis></link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.stacked\"><emphasis role=\"bold\">Stacked Pattern Mode</emphasis></link>). These will determine which parts of the song you will listen to during playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3036
msgid "While Select Mode, Draw Mode, Selected Pattern Mode, and Stacked Pattern Mode are activated via the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.main_controls\">Main Controls</link> of the Song Editor, Song Mode and Pattern Mode are activated via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">Transport Control</link> section of the Main Toolbar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:3042
msgid "Select Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3043
msgid "This mode is enabled if the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with pointer and dashed rectangle. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_draw.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button is shown in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.main_controls\">Controls</link> of the Song Editor and allows you to select multiple patterns in the Song Editor and delete/move/copy them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3061
msgid "Once you have selected a part of your song you can <emphasis role=\"bold\">delete</emphasis> it by pressing <keycap>Delete</keycap>. You can <emphasis role=\"bold\">move</emphasis> it by simply <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> your selection to another location with your mouse, or by cutting (<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>x</keycap>) and pasting (<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>v</keycap>) using your keyboard. You can also <emphasis role=\"bold\">copy</emphasis> your selection by either holding <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> while <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> it to a new location, or by copying (<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>c</keycap>) and pasting (<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>v</keycap>) using your keyboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3076
msgid "Selections can be modified by holding <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> while clicking to select additional blocks, or to remove selected blocks from the selection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3091
msgid "<keycap>Shift</keycap> + <keycap>↑</keycap>|<keycap>↓</keycap>|<keycap>←</keycap>|<keycap>→</keycap> can be used to make selections using the keyboard"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3096
msgid "<keycap>Return</keycap> over a selected block will begin a move or copy"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3100
msgid "<keycap>↑</keycap>|<keycap>↓</keycap>|<keycap>←</keycap>|<keycap>→</keycap> to move the selected cells into position"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3104
msgid "<keycap>Return</keycap> to move the selected blocks into place"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3108
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Return</keycap> to <emphasis role=\"bold\">copy</emphasis> the selected blocks into place"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3081
msgid "The arrow keys on the keyboard can also be used, along with <keycap>Return</keycap>, to <emphasis role=\"bold\">select</emphasis>, <emphasis role=\"bold\">move</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">copy</emphasis> parts of the song: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3115
msgid "Pressing <keycap>Esc</keycap> will cancel an editing operation that's in progress, or clear any selection."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:3122
msgid "Draw Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3123
msgid "This mode is enabled if the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black brush. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_select.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button is shown in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.main_controls\">Controls</link> of the Song Editor and allows you to insert patterns by drawing - holding the left button while moving the mouse - blocks on the song canvas."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3141
msgid "Clicking a square on the song canvas will add a pattern (the square will turn colorful) and clicking it again will remove it. Holding the mouse button down will continue either adding or removing patterns from under the mouse cursor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3148
msgid "Using the arrow keys on the keyboard, and the <keycap>Return</keycap>, will also add and remove patterns from the song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3154
msgid "The keyboard input cursor is usually hidden unless you press one of the keys listed in <xref linkend=\"chpt.keyboard_and_mouse\"/>. You can alter this default behavior in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.general_tab\">General tab</link> of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:3166
msgid "Song Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3167
msgid "When <emphasis>Song Mode</emphasis> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlSongModeButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> is selected in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">Transport Controls</link> of the Main Toolbar Hydrogen will play the sequence of patterns you have created in the Song Editor from left to right until it reaches the end of the song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:3180
msgid "By enabling <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">Loop Mode</link> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlLoopButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> in the Transport Controls, the playback will move seamlessly to the beginning again after reaching the end of the song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:3195
msgid "Selected Pattern Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3196
msgid "When <emphasis>Pattern Mode</emphasis> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlPatternModeButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> is selected in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">Transport Controls</link> of the Main Toolbar and <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with a horizontal black line. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_pattern_mode.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> is shown in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.main_controls\">Controls</link> of the Song Editor Hydrogen will play the pattern that is currently selected in the Song Editor and displayed in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3225
#: manual.docbook:3279
msgid "When referring to <emphasis role=\"bold\">Pattern Mode</emphasis> in this manual the described context works with both <emphasis>Selected Pattern Mode</emphasis> and <emphasis>Stacked Pattern Mode</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:3232
msgid "Stacked Pattern Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3233
msgid "When <emphasis>Pattern Mode</emphasis> <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlPatternModeButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> is selected in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">Transport Controls</link> of the Main Toolbar and <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with three horizontal black lines stacked vertically. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_stacked_mode.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> is shown in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.main_controls\">Controls</link> of the Song Editor <emphasis>Stacked Pattern Mode</emphasis> is used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3258
msgid "Normally when composing a pattern and editing it, you'll listen to that single pattern looping over and over again while working on it. Sometimes, however, it's useful to hear that pattern in the context of other patterns (for example, other instrument parts) while working on it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3265
msgid "Stacked Pattern Mode will play multiple patterns simultaneously, on a loop. You can select or unselect a pattern by <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <emphasis>left clicking</emphasis> the pattern's name or by clicking the empty triangle in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Song Editor. Patterns currently playing are indicated by green triangles while those about to start and stop when playback is looped to the beginning again are indicated using yellow and red ones respectively."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:3273
msgid "You can alter the colors of the indicators in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.appearance_tab.colors\">Colors</link> tab of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:3288
#: manual.docbook:3889
msgid "Sidebar"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3290
msgid "The Sidebar of the Song Editor allows you to interact with and arrange the patterns of your song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3293
msgid "<emphasis>Left-clicking</emphasis> selects a pattern, <emphasis>double-clicking</emphasis> allows you to rename a pattern, <emphasis>drag-and-dropping</emphasis> allows you to rearrange the patterns, and <emphasis>right-clicking</emphasis> will show you a menu where you can change a number of things:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:3297
msgid "The Pattern Options menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3301
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/Virtual_patterns_menu.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3310
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Duplicate</emphasis>: will copy the selected pattern to a new pattern in your song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3313
msgid "Note that patterns with the same name are not allowed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3320
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete</emphasis>: will completely remove the selected pattern from the song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3339
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/fill_clear_pattern.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:3328
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Dialog appearing when filling or clearing a pattern. To the left either \"Fill\" or \"Clear\" (below) can be checked and to the right the numerical text input form \"From\" and \"To\" (below) indicate the range of the operation. At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/fill_clear_pattern.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3325
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fill/Clear</emphasis>: will open a window that allows you to fill/clear a part of the song with the selected pattern by entering the start- and end bar. <_:informalfigure-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3347
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Properties</emphasis>: will open a window where you can change the name of the pattern and also assign it to a certain category. Using the latter you can group pattern in the <link linkend=\"sect.sl.patterns\">Sound Library</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:3351
msgid "The Dialog to Change the Pattern Properties"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3363
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/pattern_properties.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:3352
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Dialog appearing when changing the properties of a pattern. At the top text input one specifies the \"New Pattern Name\". In the larger one below the \"Pattern description\". Underneath one can select the \"Pattern category\". At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/pattern_properties.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3369
msgid "Note that you can choose one of the existing categories from the dropdown list, but you can also enter a new category name in the Pattern Category box."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3378
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Load Pattern</emphasis>: will load a pattern from a saved pattern file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3384
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Save Pattern</emphasis>: stores the pattern in the <filename role=\"directory\">patterns</filename> folder within the Hydrogen data directory (usually <filename role=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3392
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Export Pattern</emphasis>: stores the pattern at a location determined via a file browser."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3398
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Virtual Pattern</emphasis>: will open the virtual pattern editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3401
msgid "Virtual patterns are a convenient way of grouping patterns together. For example, say you have a song in which three patterns are always played together at the start of each bar. Previously, the way to do this in the pattern matrix was to explicitly enable the three patterns at each bar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3407
msgid "With virtual patterns we can assign a pattern to be a sort of meta-pattern that implicitly invokes these three patterns together when the new virtual pattern is enabled in the pattern matrix. This way, we only need to set one pattern every bar, instead of three."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3413
msgid "Virtual patterns provide a function that's similar to the regular pattern editor, and one could argue that since a virtual pattern is also a regular pattern, we could have just merged the three patterns into this new one. However, the advantage that virtual patterns provide is that if one of the original three patterns changes, the virtual pattern automatically inherits the change. A virtual pattern can also invoke other virtual patterns."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:3425
msgid "Timeline"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3435
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/songEditorTimeline.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:3428
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Picture showing the Timeline above the Song Ruler. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/songEditorTimeline.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3440
msgid "The majority of songs consist of several parts (intro, verse, chorus ...) and often these parts will have a different tempo. Hydrogen provides an easy way to let you change the tempo at the beginning of any column. This is done by adding <emphasis>Tempo Markers</emphasis> to your song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3452
#: manual.docbook:3584
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_view_playbackTrack.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3463
#: manual.docbook:3512
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/songEditorTimelineButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3444
msgid "To add a Tempo Marker, you first need to show the Timeline by clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"P\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_view_playbackTrack.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> element of the Main Menu and enable it using the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"Timeline\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/songEditorTimelineButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3470
msgid "Please note that the Timeline is neither available in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Pattern Mode</link> nor in the presence of a <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.jack_control\"><abbrev>JACK</abbrev> Timebase Master</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3491
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/add_tempo_change.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:3480
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Dialog for entering/altering a BPM Marker. In the two text inputs in at the upper half of the dialog one can specify the \"BPM\" (top) and the \"Bar\" (below). Underneath there is a large button titled \"Delete BPM Marker\". At the bottom there are \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/add_tempo_change.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3475
msgid "Now, simply <emphasis>left-click</emphasis> this widget in the middle or upper part and a window will pop up where you can enter the new tempo. <_:informalfigure-1/> Once you have entered the new tempo and clicked OK, the tempo change will show up on the Timeline. If you click the Tempo Marker again you can edit the tempo, change the bar, or delete it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3502
msgid "When disabling the Timeline using the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"Timeline\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/songEditorTimelineButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button, the tempo resets to the previous value used before enabling the Timeline. This one will also be used for all parts of the song located prior to the first Tempo Marker. To indicate this behavior a special, faint Tempo Marker is shown at the first column that can <emphasis>not</emphasis> be removed by the user. You can, however, overwrite it with your custom tempo by clicking it and placing a regular Tempo Marker on top of it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:3523
msgid "Tags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3525
msgid "In addition to altering the tempo when the song switches from e.g. intro into verse, it is also very handy to have a clear indication of more general changes or special events in the song. For this purpose you can also add <emphasis>Tags</emphasis> to the song. These Tags are short text messages you can add at the beginning of a column. They will be shown in the <link linkend=\"chpt.director\">Director</link> whenever the playhead passes them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:3535
msgid "Dialog Window for Adding Tags"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3538
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/add_tag.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3531
msgid "To add a Tag, you can either <emphasis>left-click</emphasis> the bottom of the <link linkend=\"fig.tempo_bar\">Timeline</link> or <emphasis>middle-click</emphasis> Timeline or <link linkend=\"fig.song_editor.song_ruler\">Song Ruler</link>. A dialog will pop up that allows you to add text for any bar. <_:figure-1/> Once you are done you will see a small <parameter>T</parameter> at the bottom of the Timeline and can view its content by hovering over it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:3548
msgid "Playback Track"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3563
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/PlaybackTrack.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:3551
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Figure showing the Playback track on top of the Song Editor. At the left side there are several controls: the upper half consists of a larger fader and an \"EDIT\" (middle) and \"MUTE\" (right) button. The lower half contains the Main Controls of the Song Editor. The right half is made up by an dark-blue area may will contain the waveform of the Playback track but is empty in this example. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/PlaybackTrack.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3569
msgid "Using the Playback Track you can program your song alongside an existing audio file, for example a guitar track."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3574
msgid "When a Playback Track is loaded, it will be played back every time audio transport in Hydrogen is rolling and <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> is activated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3579
msgid "To add a playback track to your song, you need to enable the playback track view. This can be done by either pressing <inlinemediaobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_view_playbackTrack.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> left of the scroll bar at the bottom of the Song Editor or via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> element of the Main Menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3603
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/songEditorPlaybackTrackEditButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3595
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the text \"Edit\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/songEditorPlaybackTrackEditButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : loads an audio file."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:3608
msgid "As an alternative, you can load an audio file by <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> it into Hydrogen and dropping over the Playback Track."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3622
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/songEditorPlaybackTrackMuteButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3614
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the text \"Mute\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/songEditorPlaybackTrackMuteButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : <link linkend=\"def.mute\">mutes</link> the Playback Track."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3636
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/songEditorPlaybackTrackFader.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3628
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Horizontal fader </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/songEditorPlaybackTrackFader.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : adjusts the volume. You can think of this fader as the mixer strip of the Playback Track. The resulting audio will be passed into the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master section</link> of the Mixer like any other strip too."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3590
msgid "Left to the wave display, the controls of the Playback Track are displayed. <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:3647
msgid "Automation Path"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:3651
msgid "The Automation Path Widget"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3654
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/songEditorAutomationPathView.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3659
msgid "The Automation Path allows you to control the overall <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> of all notes throughout the song. It can be viewed using the shortcut <keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>A</keycap> or via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> option of the Main Menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:3663
msgid "<emphasis>Clicking</emphasis> the graph area introduces a new point determining when and to which value the velocity will be changed. Currently only linear interpolations of the velocity between the individual points are supported. You can <emphasis>drag</emphasis> a point to move it and you can delete one by dragging another point over it and \"absorbing\" it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3668
msgid "Whether the Automation Path is hidden or shown does not affect its activation state. It is <emphasis role=\"bold\">always active</emphasis> and can't be disabled. But in its default setting it won't alter anything. In its current implementation you have to reset the Automation Path to its original state manually in order to disable it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:3678
msgid "Pattern Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:3680
#: manual.docbook:4064
msgid "Pattern Editor in Drum Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3683
#: manual.docbook:4067
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor_DrumMode.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:3688
msgid "This is where it all happens, this is where you can make music :-)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3704
#: manual.docbook:3869
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_drum_piano_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3718
#: manual.docbook:3879
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_drum_piano_on.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:3690
msgid "The <emphasis>Pattern Editor</emphasis> allows you to create and modify the pattern selected in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Song Editor by adding/removing notes and tuning a number of <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties\">per-note properties</link>, like velocity and pan. The Pattern Editor can be used in two modes: as <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.drumkit\">Drumkit Editor</link> or as <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.piano_mode\">Piano Roll Editor</link>. You can switch between these two by clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_drum_piano_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> and <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button with a quasi-3D display a cylinder with black outlines, blue sides, and a white top. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_drum_piano_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button (located on the top-right of the Pattern Editor)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3726
msgid "If you are editing a pattern in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Selected Pattern Mode</link> you will always hear the pattern you are editing when you playback is rolling."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3730
msgid "If you are working in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.stacked\">Stacked Pattern Mode</link> you will hear the <emphasis>active</emphasis> pattern(s), not necessarily the pattern you are currently editing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:3740
#: manual.docbook:4965
#: manual.docbook:6065
msgid "Controls"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:3743
msgid "Pattern Editor Controls"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3746
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditorControls.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3751
msgid "The top part of the Pattern Editor contains a number of controls applying to both the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.drumkit\">Drumkit Editor</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.piano_mode\">Piano Roll Editor</link>:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3763
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/lcd_size.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3755
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Two blue combo boxes showing \"4.00\" and \"4\" and are labeled \"Size\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/lcd_size.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : lets you choose the length of the pattern (in note values)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3769
msgid "The left combo box represents the numerator of your current measure. You can enter a decimal numerator, like <option>4.5/4</option>, but since resolution in Hydrogen is limited, some values are not supported and can not be entered."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3775
msgid "Hydrogen supports (only) the following denominators (right combo box): <option>1</option>, <option>2</option>, <option>3</option>, <option>4</option>, <option>6</option>, <option>8</option>, <option>12</option>, <option>16</option>, <option>24</option>, <option>32</option>, <option>48</option>, <option>64</option>, <option>96</option>, and <option>192</option> because these are the factors of the maximum resolution (192 ticks per whole note)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:3782
msgid "Typing <keycap>/</keycap> within the numerator (first combo box) also you to quickly jump to the denominator."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3798
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/lcd_res.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3790
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue display showing \"1/16\" and titled \"RES\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/lcd_res.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : this is the current grid resolution (<option>1/4</option> through <option>1/64</option> with triplet-based resolutions marked as <option>1/8T</option>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3805
msgid "If you are working with a resolution of <option>1/16</option> you can't go back to <option>1/8</option> and remove an upbeat 16th note. On the other hand, if you are working with a resolution of <option>1/8</option> and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a <option>1/16</option> bars precision), notes will be placed in the previous or in the following 8th bar. This constraint can be removed if you disable the whole grid resolution (choose <option>off</option> from the grid resolution combo box). Now you'll be able to place notes wherever you prefer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3826
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_hear.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3818
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button containing a black speaker symbol. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_hear.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : when checked Hydrogen will play back samples as they are being added to the pattern (even if transport is not rolling)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3833
msgid "When disabled you will still hear the preview sound when clicking on the instrument name in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link>. Be sure to click at the left-most position - where the preview is silent - in case you don't want to get disturbed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3849
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_quant_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3841
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button showing a black 2 by 3 grid. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_quant_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : enables/disables quantization. When checked, notes <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recorded</link> using MIDI input or the <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.midi_mapping_and_virtual_keyboard\">virtual keyboard</link> will automatically respect the grid resolution currently applied, just like notes inserted by clicking."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3860
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a small piano illustration with three white and two black keys. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_drum_piano_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> / <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button with a quasi-3D display a cylinder with black outlines, blue sides, and a white top. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_drum_piano_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : switches between <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.drumkit\">Drumkit Editor</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.piano_mode\">Piano Roll Editor</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:3892
msgid "The Sidebar of the Pattern Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:3895
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditorInstr_V2.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3900
msgid "The section on the left shows you what drumkit is currently selected (GMRockKit by default) and below that you can see the instruments that are part of this kit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:3903
msgid "<emphasis>Left-clicking</emphasis> the box containing the instrument name will play back a sample of the instrument. Which layer will be select depends on the horizontal position of the mouse click representing zero <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> to the left and maximum velocity to the right. In addition, each instrument has its own set of features that are accessible by <emphasis>right-clicking</emphasis> the instrument. From the context menu that pops up you can select."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3907
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete notes</emphasis>: removes all notes for this instrument in this pattern."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3913
msgid "Depending on the choice you make (<option>fill all</option>, <option>fill 1/2</option>, <option>fill 1/4</option> ...) notes will be placed at all, 1/2, 1/4, etc of the note positions <emphasis role=\"bold\">that are allowed by the grid setting</emphasis>. So be careful not to mix up the 'musical' 1/2-note and the 'fill 1/2' note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3910
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fill notes</emphasis>: this allows you to fill up the pattern with notes for the selected instrument. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:3925
msgid "The more velocity you set on the instrument, the more Hydrogen will hit <quote>hard</quote> on that instrument when played."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3921
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Randomize velocity</emphasis>: automatically apply a pseudo-random velocity to each note of that instrument in the pattern. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3934
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Select notes</emphasis>: will select all the notes played on this instrument in the current pattern. They can then be copied, moved etc. in the Pattern Editor main area."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3942
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Edit all patterns</emphasis>: this section of the menu has actions which operate on notes played by the instrument in <emphasis>all</emphasis> the patterns of the song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3950
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Cut notes</emphasis>: remove <emphasis>all</emphasis> notes played on this instrument, in all patterns, and keep them in the clipboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3958
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Copy notes</emphasis>: copy <emphasis>all</emphasis> notes played on this instrument, in all patterns, to the clipboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3965
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Paste notes</emphasis> : paste a multi-pattern selection from the clipboard to this instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3972
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete notes</emphasis>: delete all the notes associated with this instrument, without affecting the clipboard."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:3981
msgid "These can be used together to change the instrumentation of a song, entirely replacing one instrument with another by just copy and pasting the notes to a new instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3992
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Instrument</emphasis>: this section of the menu has actions which operate on the instrument as a whole:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:3998
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Rename instrument</emphasis>: change the name of the instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4005
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Delete Instrument</emphasis>: well, deletes the instrument ;-)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4021
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_instrument_line_mute_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4032
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_instrument_line_solo_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4013
msgid "The <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"M\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_instrument_line_mute_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button <link linkend=\"def.mute\">mutes</link> the instrument and <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"S\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_instrument_line_solo_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> solos it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4038
msgid "The order of the instruments can be rearranged by simply <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> an instrument up/down in the list and <emphasis>dropping</emphasis> it on a new position within the drumkit. Doing so will not change the sequence of notes you have created for that instrument, nor will it change anything about the song or pattern you are working on."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:4044
msgid "It <emphasis role=\"bold\"> will</emphasis> however, have an <emphasis role=\"bold\">impact</emphasis> on the <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.midi_mapping_and_virtual_keyboard\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> note mapping</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:4052
msgid "Rearranging the instruments will also mess up the <link linkend=\"sect.preferences.jack.per_instrument_outs\">per-instrument</link> <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> output ports. Be sure to have your drumkit set up before starting wiring."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:4061
msgid "Drum Pattern Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4073
msgid "Right of the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> area you can see your selected pattern and add notes for any instrument. The simplest way to create a pattern is by adding notes using <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.sidebar.fill_notes\">Fill notes</link>. Where you can add notes depends on the used pattern <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.controls.size\">size</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.controls.res\">resolution</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4076
msgid "If you are using Hydrogen as a pure 'drum' you just want Hydrogen to 'hit' the instrument wherever there's a 'dot' in the pattern. If you are using Hydrogen as an 'instrument', the length of the note becomes very important. There are 2 ways to define the length of a note :"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4083
msgid "you can add a note by <emphasis>left-clicking</emphasis>, and then can 'stretch' that note by <emphasis>right-click-dragging</emphasis> it. This will change the dot into a rectangle that represents the duration of that note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4090
msgid "alternatively, you can add a stop-note by <keycap>Shift</keycap> + <emphasis>left-clicking</emphasis>. This adds a blue dot which represents the end of the note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4109
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/NoteOff_NoteLength.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4099
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Three notes are displayed in one line of the Pattern Editor. The one to the left is marked with a black circle. The one in the middle by a black circle from which a black triangle expands over two grid cells, and the left one is represented by a blue circle. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/NoteOff_NoteLength.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4097
msgid "<_:informalfigure-1/> (Figure above, from left&gt;right : a 'normal' note, a note in 'note length' mode, a note in 'note off' mode)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4116
msgid "As in the Song Editor, the arrow keys can also be used to move around the pattern, and notes can be placed or removed with <keycap>Return</keycap> (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.keyboard_and_mouse\"/>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4122
msgid "Notes can be selected by <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> over them with the mouse (or <keycap>Shift</keycap> + <keycap>↑</keycap>|<keycap>↓</keycap>|<keycap>←</keycap>|<keycap>→</keycap>), and can be deleted with <keycap>Delete</keycap>, or moved by <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> (or <keycap>Return</keycap> followed by <keycap>↑</keycap>|<keycap>↓</keycap>|<keycap>←</keycap>|<keycap>→</keycap> movements) the notes to a new location. This allows notes to be moved between different instruments, or to adjust their timing. Movement in the horizontal direction is constrained by the currently selected grid <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.controls.res\">resolution</link>, however this can be overridden by holding down <keycap>Alt</keycap> while moving notes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4130
msgid "Moving a selection of notes with <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> held down will copy them to the new location rather than moving, as in the Song Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4135
msgid "Selected notes can also be copied to the clipboard with <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>C</keycap>, and pasted with <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>V</keycap>. When pasting, the relative positions of the input cursor at the time of the Copy and Paste operation will set the new position of pasted notes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:4144
msgid "Also see <xref linkend=\"chpt.create_song\"/> for a basic walk-through of how the Pattern Editor works."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4140
msgid "So far we have only used the mouse or keyboard editing to create a pattern, but you can also <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">record</link> your beats. This is probably a more musical way of creating a pattern, but it's up to you to decide what works best for you. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:4153
msgid "Note Properties Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:4156
msgid "The Note Properties Ruler set to Velocity"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4159
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/notePropertiesRuler.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4164
msgid "Clicking on an instrument or adding/removing a note associated will select this instrument. Once an instrument is selected all note properties of its notes will be shown in the form of vertical lines in the bottom window. The lines represent the values for the selected property of each note of the selected instrument. You can select a different note-property from the note property drop-down list (located bottom-left)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:4172
msgid "The color of the vertical bar will change according to the velocity value you have defined and can be customized in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.appearance_tab.colors\">Colors</link> tab of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4177
msgid "The following note properties are available:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4183
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"def.velocity\">Velocity</link></emphasis>: how hard the note is played (the volume of the note). This property also determines which sample of the instrument will be <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.sample_selection\">selected</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4188
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"def.pan\">Pan</link></emphasis>: with this property you can move the stereo image position of the note (how loud it will be in the left/right output)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:4193
msgid "For a detailed description of how this Pan value does interact with the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.pan\">instrument Pan</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip.mixer_settings\">Pan Laws</link> in the Mixer please see <xref linkend=\"def.pan\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4201
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Lead/Lag</emphasis>: Lead and Lag allows a slight note lead or lag in respect of the actual beat. The range is ca. 5 ticks (ca. 1/10 of quarter notes) which equals around ca. 10 ms at a tempo of 120bpm. Changing the lead/lag can make a huge difference to the way your pattern sounds and feels. It's a groove thing ;-)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4210
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">NoteKey</emphasis>: if you select this note parameter the area where you can modify the parameter will change into a 'piano keyboard'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:4215
msgid "The Note Properties Ruler showing the NoteKey Property"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4218
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/NoteKey.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4222
msgid "The striped black and white area represents a piano keyboard and in the gray area you can choose the octave. By moving the dots on the octave scale and the 'keyboard', you can choose any note value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4229
msgid "Note that the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.piano_mode\">Piano Roll Editor</link> can also be used to change the note value of existing notes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4236
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Probability</emphasis>: changing the Probability property of a note provides a way for Hydrogen to automatically create some variation in patterns. By setting the probability to less than <option>1.0</option>, a note may be randomly skipped: a note with probability <option>1.0</option> will <emphasis>always</emphasis> be played, a note with probability of <option>0.0</option> will <emphasis>never</emphasis> be played."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4256
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Drawing with the mouse:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4257
msgid "Pressing the mouse button over the first note's property, you can hold down the mouse button and <emphasis>drag</emphasis> over multiple notes. This is great for quickly creating a crescendo from a filled set of notes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4264
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"> Selecting multiple notes:</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4267
msgid "The mouse or keyboard can be used to select multiple notes, which can then be modified all together by <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> them together. This can be useful for creating really consistent quiet grace notes. Alternatively, you can use the <emphasis>mouse wheel</emphasis> for a coarse adjustment or combine it with a pressed <keycap>Ctrl</keycap> key for fine adjustments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4249
msgid "<emphasis>Clicking</emphasis> or <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> the value lines in the Note Properties Editor will set the property value. But often you'll want to set the properties of several notes at once, so there are a few ways to do this. <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:4280
msgid "Piano Roll Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:4283
msgid "Pattern Editor in Piano Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4286
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor_PianoMode.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4291
msgid "The Pattern Editor can be used as Piano Roll Editor pressing the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.controls.input\">Input</link> button."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4294
msgid "While the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.drumkit\">Drumkit Editor</link> focuses on using Hydrogen as a drum machine, you can also use it an instrument via the Piano Roll Editor. It gives you a complete 'piano keyboard' so you can easily put down your tunes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4296
msgid "You can compare the Piano mode to the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.notekey\">NoteKey</link> property in the Note Properties Editor. Only here you have a complete piano keyboard, so you don't have to select the octave first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4301
msgid "When entering multiple notes in one column - as a chord - the corresponding symbol in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.drumkit\">Drumkit Editor</link> will be prepended with e.g. a <option>3x</option> to indicate the presence of three separate notes. Also, to adjust the note properties of the individual notes within a chord can be done by <emphasis>right-clicking</emphasis> on the note and <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> the mouse up or down."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:4311
msgid "Sound Library (Drumkit/Pattern/Song Manager)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:4314
msgid "The Soundlibrary"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4317
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/SoundLibrary.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:4322
msgid "The Sound Library helps you manage your <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.drumkits\">drumkits</link>, favourite patterns, and favourite songs. When making new songs or drumkits, it allows you to reuse and mix instruments as well as patterns from other kits and songs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:4326
msgid "It is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> option in the Main Menu or via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.gui_state\">corresponding button</link> in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor\">Instrument Editor</link> or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4333
msgid "The list of <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.drumkits\">drumkits</link> comprises kits present at both system and user level as well as those loaded via <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.cli\">command-line option</link> or <link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.load_drumkit\">OSC command</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4334
msgid "The <emphasis role=\"bold\">System drumkits</emphasis> are those installed with your package manager or when <link linkend=\"chpt.compilation\">compiling</link> Hydrogen manually. Their location is determined by the compile-time prefix. On Unix-like operating systems, this is usually <filename role=\"directory\">/usr/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits</filename>, or possibly <filename role=\"directory\">/usr/local/share/hydrogen/data/drumkits</filename>. These kits are available to all users on the system and you usually have no write access to them which is why you only have read access to the kit's properties and can not delete them. If you want to change one of these kits you have to load it via right click and <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.save_as\">save</link> it first. This will add a modified copy on user level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4342
msgid "The <emphasis role=\"bold\">User drumkits</emphasis> are those which you can manage yourself. They are stored in the Hydrogen data directory (usually <filename role=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/</filename>) within the <filename role=\"directory\">drumkits</filename> subfolder. When you have created a new drumkit via <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.new\">New</link> in the Drumkit option of the Main Menu, you can save it using <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.save_as\">Save As</link> from the same menu. In addition, you can also <link linkend=\"sect.main_form.online_import_drumkit\">Online Import</link> a number of drumkits provided by the dev team of Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:4350
msgid "If you are using Hydrogen for creating songs or drumkits or redistribute existing ones you need to pay special attention to the <link linkend=\"chpt.license\">licenses</link> of the drumkit(s) you are using."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:4353
msgid "DISCLAIMER : Hydrogen is not responsible for the drumkits that are made available for download by our users, either via the <ulink url=\"hydrogen-music.org\">hydrogen-music.org</ulink> or via any other channel."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4358
msgid "To <emphasis role=\"bold\">load a drumkit</emphasis> via the Sound Library, <emphasis>right-click</emphasis> the drumkit and select <parameter>Load</parameter>. This will replace your current drumkit with the one that you selected. To <emphasis role=\"bold\">load a single instrument</emphasis> from that kit, <emphasis>left-click</emphasis> the <option>▶</option> to the left of the drumkit's name to show all the instruments. With your left mouse button, <emphasis>click</emphasis> and <emphasis>drag</emphasis> the instrument into your current kit. The instrument will be added to the drumkit that you currently have loaded."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:4370
msgid "Songs"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4372
msgid "To access songs via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data directory (usually <filename role=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/</filename>) into the <filename role=\"directory\">songs</filename> subfolder. To remove them, remove the file from that folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:4379
msgid "Patterns"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4386
msgid "This is done automatically when using the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.sidebar.save_pattern\">Save Pattern</link> option in the Sidebar of the Song Editor but not when using <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.sidebar.export_pattern\">Export Pattern</link> via the same Sidebar or <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.projects.export_pattern_as\">Export Pattern As</link> in the Project option of the Main Menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4381
msgid "To access patterns via the Sound Library, you have to put them within the Hydrogen data directory (usually <filename role=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/</filename>) into the <filename role=\"directory\">patterns</filename> subfolder. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4391
msgid "Before you save a pattern, be sure to give it a title and a category. This can be done by <emphasis>right-clicking</emphasis> on the pattern in the Sidebar of the Song Editor, selecting <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.sidebar.properties\">Properties</link> and entering the details. You can use one of the categories already provided, or create your own categories by simply typing in a category name. The category name is important, because the patterns will be filed by category in the Sound Library."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:4403
msgid "Instrument Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:4406
msgid "The Instrument editor General view"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4409
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/Instrument_General.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:4414
msgid "The Instrument Editor is located in the Instrument Rack in the lower right corner of Hydrogen, which can be shown or hidden via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> option in the Main Menu or via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.gui_state\">corresponding button</link> in the Main Toolbar. The Instrument Rack does either show the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor\">Instrument Editor</link> or the Sound Library depending on what is chosen in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> option in the Main Menu or the corresponding buttons at the top of the Instrument Rack."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4421
msgid "When clicking the <option>General</option> button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust several parameters that apply to the particular instrument (and all its <link linkend=\"def.layer\">layers</link>) selected in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Pattern Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4426
msgid "It's important that you understand <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.drumkits\">Drumkit Concepts</link> and a couple of basic concepts of sound synthesis described in the <link linkend=\"glossary\">Glossary</link> in order to continue on. To ease reading, several of the latter concepts are linked in the text."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:4432
msgid "Envelope Parameters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4443
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_envelope.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4435
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Four rotaries are displayed. From left to right: \"ATTACK\", \"DECAY\", \"SUSTAIN\", and \"RELEASE\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrument_editor_envelope.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4448
msgid "When a note associated with this instrument is triggered, its volume is run through an <link linkend=\"def.adsr\">ADSR Envelope</link>. Its particular settings can be adjusted using the envelope parameters located right below the instrument name."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4453
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"def.attack\">Attack</link></emphasis>: the amount of <emphasis>time</emphasis> that the volume of the <link linkend=\"def.sample\">sample</link> goes from <option>0</option> to the full <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> of the note. If the value is <option>0</option>, the sample will play back immediately at full velocity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4460
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"def.decay\">Decay</link></emphasis>: the amount of <emphasis>time</emphasis> for the volume of the <link linkend=\"def.sample\">sample</link> to go from full <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> down to the sustain volume. If the value is <option>0</option>, the sample will immediately skip from the full velocity to the <link linkend=\"def.sustain\">sustain</link> volume."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4468
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"def.sustain\">Sustain</link></emphasis>: the <emphasis>volume</emphasis> to play the note after the <link linkend=\"def.decay\">decay</link> phase is over and until the note is released. If set to <option>0</option>, the note will be silent. If set to <option>1.0</option>, the note will play at full <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4475
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"def.release\">Release</link></emphasis>: the <emphasis>time</emphasis> to fade out the note from the <link linkend=\"def.sustain\">sustain volume</link> back down to <option>0</option> (silent). If set to <option>0</option>, the note will fade out in the minimum amount of time (about 5 ms). If set to <option>1</option>, it will fade out for the maximum time available."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4481
msgid "Note, however, that this only affects notes for which you set a note length smaller than the underlying sample length (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.drumkit\"/>). All other notes are played back till the end of the sample without reaching the release phase."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4493
msgid "All transitions between the individual <abbrev>ADSR</abbrev> phases are done using exponential functions."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4496
msgid "The <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.general.attack\">Attack</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.general.decay\">Decay</link>, and <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.general.release\">Release</link> parameters are all set by the number of <link linkend=\"def.sample\">audio samples</link>. This means that the time changes depending on the sample rate of your sound card. The max time for each of them is 100,000 audio samples (type. 2.27 sec at 44.1 kHz)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4503
msgid "If the <link linkend=\"def.sample\">sample</link> is shorter than the times that you specify, the sample will end, regardless of which phase of the <link linkend=\"def.adsr\">ADSR</link> it is in. If the note is sustained, it does <emphasis>not</emphasis> draw out the note while you are holding it. It only holds the <link linkend=\"def.gain\">gain</link> (volume) parameter during that time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:4513
msgid "Gain and Mute Group"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4527
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_mute_group.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4516
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> In the upper half there is a display showing \"1.00\" (left) next to a rotary titled \"GAIN\" (middle) and a display with corresponding decrease and increase buttons (right) titled \"MUTE GROUP\". In the lower part there are two checkboxes: \"AUTO-STOP-NOTE\" (left) and \"APPLY-VELOCITY\" (right). </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrument_editor_mute_group.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4532
msgid "The <emphasis role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"def.gain\">Gain</link></emphasis> adjusts the overall volume of all <link linkend=\"def.sample\">samples</link> associated with this Instrument. This Gain is applied in addition to the one you set for each <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.controls.layer_gain\">layer</link> and before the one that is set in the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.fader_and_lcd\">Instrument Channel Strips</link>. If the set to <option>0</option>, the instrument will be silent. If the Gain is <option>1.0</option>, the volume of the samples will not be adjusted. If the Gain is set higher, the samples will be amplified."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:4541
msgid "It is very easy to set the <guibutton>Gain</guibutton> too high, causing your sample to <link linkend=\"def.clipping\">clip</link>. Remember to test the Gain with full-<link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> notes. If you clip your signal here, it will only get worse as Hydrogen processes it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4547
msgid "Hydrogen provides more <emphasis role=\"bold\"><link linkend=\"def.mutegroup\">Mute Groups</link></emphasis> than you know what to do with (over 256). A Mute Group is a grouping of instruments which's playback is mutually exclusive - only one instrument of the group may be playing at a time. If one is playing and another instrument in the group is triggered, the former will immediately be silence (<link linkend=\"def.mute\">muted</link>) and the latter starts playing. This is useful, especially, for instruments like hi-hats where the opened and closed sound are incorporated into the drumkit as different instruments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4555
msgid "If the Mute Group is set to <option>Off</option>, then the instrument is not part of any mute grouping. If the Mute Group is set to any number, then that is the group that the instrument is a part of. To set other instruments into the same grouping, set their Mute Group parameter to the same number. (For example, to group all the high-hat instruments, you can set all their Mute Group parameters to <option>1</option>. To have a snare drum Mute Group, set their Mute Group parameters to <option>2</option>.)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4565
msgid "If the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Auto-Stop-Note</emphasis> box is checked, Hydrogen will immediately stop any playing <link linkend=\"def.sample\">samples</link> belonging to this instrument whenever the instrument is re-triggered, e.g. by another note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4567
msgid "This option is particularly useful when you are using long samples like a crash or some existing audio that you have sampled (like a looped voice in a dance/electro song). For the crash you will need to use the Auto Stop-Note when you are sequencing multiple notes in fast succession and want to make it sound realistic. If you do not check this option the cymbal will start to sound like multiple cymbals instead of only one (since the sample of each individual hit will be played completely). For the voice sample this option is useful if you are trying to get that 'stuttering' effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4577
msgid "The <emphasis role=\"bold\">Apply Velocity</emphasis> box lets the user decide whether Hydrogen should apply the note <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> to the <link linkend=\"def.sample\">sample</link> being played."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:4582
msgid "The note velocity can set it the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.velocity\">Note Properties Editor</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4587
msgid "When activated, Hydrogen will apply the note velocity to the sample gain in addition to e.g. the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.controls.layer_gain\">layer gain</link>, the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.gain_and_mute_group\">instrument gain</link>, the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.controls.component_gain\">component gain</link>, or the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.fader_and_lcd\">instrument volume</link>. (A full list of all contributions can be found in <xref linkend=\"def.gain\"/>). If all the <link linkend=\"def.layer\">layer</link> samples are <link linkend=\"def.normalization\">normalized</link>, this option should be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4596
msgid "By default this option will be selected as this is the way older versions of Hydrogen used to work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4601
msgid "When not activated, the note velocity will only be used to <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.sample_selection\">select</link> the sample to be played, but the sample gain itself will not be changed. This is useful for set of samples that already have their gain \"hard-coded\"."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:4609
msgid "Filter Parameters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4620
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_filter.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4612
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> From left to right: a button titled \"BYP\", a rotary titled \"CUTOFF\", and another one titled \"RESONANCE\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrument_editor_filter.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4625
msgid "The filter used in here is a <link linkend=\"def.lowpassfilter\">low-pass</link> <link linkend=\"def.resonancefilter\">resonance filter</link>. If you don't wish to use is, click the <option>BYP</option> button (bypass) so that it's red. If it's not red, then the filter is active. The <link linkend=\"def.cutoff\">cutoff</link> parameter adjusts the cutoff frequency for the filter. The <link linkend=\"def.resonance\">resonance</link> parameter adjusts how much to boost to provide at the cutoff frequency. If the resonance is set to <option>0</option>, then the filter is just a simple low-pass filter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4634
msgid "The cutoff frequency of the filter varies with the sample rate of your audio card. The range of the knob <option>0</option> to <option>1.0</option>) is optimized for a 48,000 kHz sample rate."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:4654
msgid "Pitch Shift Parameters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4666
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_pitch.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4657
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> From left to right: a display showing the total pitch and three rotaries titled \"PITCH\", \"FINE\", and \"RANDOM\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrument_editor_pitch.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4671
msgid "The first two knobs control the pitch shift offset. You can use it to change the tuning of the instrument. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Pitch</emphasis> is the <emphasis>Coarse</emphasis> control and has quantized steps of half-tones from <option>-24</option> to <option>+24</option>. <emphasis role=\"bold\">Fine</emphasis> is the <emphasis>Fine</emphasis> control and has quantized steps of cents of half-tones from <option>-0.50</option> to <option>+0.50</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4681
msgid "The pitch change is fairly small, almost always between ±1 half-steps ⨉ value. Using this sparingly can help your sequences to sound more like a real drummer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4676
msgid "The <emphasis role=\"bold\">Random</emphasis> parameter allows you to randomly vary the pitch of the <link linkend=\"def.sample\">sample</link> every time it is triggered. The value is set between <option>0</option> and <option>1.0</option>. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:4693
msgid "<abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Out Settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4704
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_midi_out.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4696
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Two displays with corresponding decrease and increase buttons. The left one is titled \"CHANNEL\" and the right one \"NOTE\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrument_editor_midi_out.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4709
msgid "Hydrogen is capable of generating <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages that you can use to trigger any external <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> device or application. To do this, you simply need to configure the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> output <emphasis role=\"bold\">Channel</emphasis> and <emphasis role=\"bold\">Note</emphasis> for every instrument. You need to have a sample loaded (an empty WAV file is fine) and make sure the proper <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> routing/wiring is in place and you're set. As you can see this is a very flexible approach that enables you to trigger samples or sounds from multiple devices and/or apps."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4718
msgid "From now on every time a note is played for that instrument (in the Hydrogen sequencer) a <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> message will be sent to your external app/device and trigger a sound. This way you can use Hydrogen as a pure sequencer for other apps, or combine the internal Hydrogen sampler with multiple external apps/devices."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4724
msgid "By enabling <emphasis role=\"bold\">Use output note as input</emphasis> in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.midi_tab\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> system</link> tab of the Preferences dialog the number specified in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Note</emphasis> field will also be used to associate the current instrument with the corresponding incoming <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:4730
msgid "Hi-Hat Pressure Group"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4741
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrument_editor_hihat_pressure_group.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4733
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Three displays with corresponding decrease and increase buttons titled \"HH PRESS. GRP\", \"MIN. RANGE\", and \"MAX RANGE\" (from left to right). </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrument_editor_hihat_pressure_group.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4746
msgid "The hi-hat is a particular instrument of the drumkit as its sound can be changed by pressing the foot pedal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4748
msgid "For e-drum owners, the hi-hat pressure group enables to group different hi-hat instruments together, for example closed, half closed, fully open."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4751
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pressure Group</emphasis>: you can assign more instruments to the same group. You can create many groups. For example one group for the different opening levels of a hi-hat when playing the top of it, another group when playing the edge. Another example: timpanis - create a group for each timpani and the pressure will change the note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4756
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Range</emphasis>: set the minimum and maximum pressure for each instrument. Each instrument of a given group should seat in its own separate pressure range. The range will decide at what pressure level the instrument will be played. For example, if your closed hi-hat has range from <option>0</option> to <option>20</option>, when the hi-hat pedal is pressed between <option>0</option> and <option>20</option> the closed hi-hat is played."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:4769
#: manual.docbook:4823
msgid "Layers"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:4772
msgid "The Instrument Editor Layers View"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4775
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/Instrument_Layers.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:4780
msgid "When clicking the <option>Layers</option> button in the Instrument Editor you can adjust the <link linkend=\"def.sample\">samples</link> and synthesizer parameters of the particular <link linkend=\"def.layer\">layers</link> of the instrument selected in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Pattern Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:4784
msgid "Components"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4795
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrumentEditorComponentName.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4787
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> In the center you can find the name of the Drumkit component and at the right end a button to open a context menu. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrumentEditorComponentName.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4809
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrumentEditorComponentDropDown.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4800
msgid "Right below the <option>General</option> and <option>Layers</option> button you find the name of the currently selected <link linkend=\"def.component\">component</link>. In the drop down menu accessible by pressing <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with a black filled triangle pointing downwards. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrumentEditorComponentDropDown.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> you find a list of all components available in the current drumkit and can select them via a <emphasis>left click</emphasis>. Below a separator you can also find three options to <option>add</option> a new component, <option>delete</option> the current one, or <option>rename</option> the current one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:4816
msgid "The components are shared by all instruments. This means deleting it will delete it including all associated layers from a <emphasis>all</emphasis> instruments and not just the currently selected one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:4826
msgid "The Layer Section of the Instrument Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4829
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrumentEditorLayers.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4834
msgid "Next you find a listing of all layers of the current component in the selected instrument. The wave form of the sample loaded to the currently selected layer (the one enclosed by a red rectangle) is displayed below."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4839
msgid "Empty layers will be displayed as <option>&lt; - &gt;</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4853
#: manual.docbook:7559
#: manual.docbook:7584
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/loadLayer_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4864
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/deleteLayer_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4875
#: manual.docbook:5041
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/editLayer_off.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4844
msgid "Using <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/loadLayer_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> you can load a sample into the currently selected layer, using <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"DELETE LAYER\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/deleteLayer_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> you can delete the current layer, and using <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT LAYER\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/editLayer_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> you can open the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor\">Sample Editor</link> to customize the sample loaded to the currently selected layer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:4882
msgid "Alternatively you can also <emphasis>double-click</emphasis> the wave display to open the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor\">Sample Editor</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4888
msgid "When loading a sample it will per-default have its active area set to the whole velocity range. By checking the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Set auto velocity</emphasis> option all layers will be assigned an equally sized velocity range corresponding to their layer number. Note, however, that this option will overwrite all existing velocity ranges."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:4897
msgid "This will be quite handy when adjusting the velocity ranges of the layers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4893
msgid "Above the layer listing you find boxes in different shades of grey indicating which range of note <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> will trigger which sample (left: zero velocity, right: maximum velocity). <emphasis>Left-clicking</emphasis> on any of these boxes will play back the sound of associated sample modulated by the velocity corresponding to the horizontal position of the mouse cursor. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4903
msgid "You might have already noticed in the picture above or for shipped drumkits in the Hydrogen GUI that a layer row contains a light blue rectangle that those not quite fill the whole row. This rectangle indicates the range in velocity the associated sample should be triggered. This way you can separate samples for soft hits, regular hits, and so on for each instrument (component). Whenever two rectangles do overlap a triggered note with a velocity within this shared range will consult the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.sample_selection\">Sample Selection</link> to determine which sample will be played back. You can adjust the velocity ranges of each layer by <emphasis>left-clicking</emphasis> the left or right end of the light blue rectangles and <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> it to the desired position."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4908
msgid "If there is a(n accidental) hole between two adjacent velocity ranges, the layer closest to the triggered velocity will be used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:4915
msgid "Sample Selection"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4926
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrumentEditorSampleSelection.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4918
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> A display titled \"SAMPLE SEL.\" with a button to open show the different choices to the right. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrumentEditorSampleSelection.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4931
msgid "Having a set of samples containing different sample versions of similar sound for the same note velocity is a good way to make your drumkit sound more natural. After all, drummers for example never hit the drum set twice the exact same way."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:4935
msgid "Hydrogen tries to emulate this behavior by providing multiple <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.layers\">layers</link> with overlapping velocity ranges. <emphasis>How</emphasis> the selection of the resulting sample will take place is for you to decide using the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sample Sel.</emphasis> dropdown menu at the bottom of the Instrument Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:4945
msgid "This is the way previous versions of Hydrogen were working."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4941
msgid "<option>First in Velocity</option>: will select the first sample available in the velocity set - the one of the layer most further down in the layer listing. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4952
msgid "<option>Round Robin</option>: will cycle through the different samples one after another as note a in the same velocity range are played."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4957
msgid "<option>Random</option>: will select a random sample inside the velocity range for each note played."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:4976
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/instrumentEditorControls.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:4968
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Four rotaries with corresponding displays: \"L. GAIN\" (top left), \"C. VOLUME\" (top right), \"PITCH\" (bottom left), and \"FINE\" (bottom right). </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/instrumentEditorControls.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4983
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Layer Gain</emphasis>: adds <link linkend=\"def.gain\">Gain</link> for the currently selected layer and the associated sample."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:4994
msgid "The resulting audio from all layers of each instrument associated with a certain component can be controlled via its <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips\">Component Channel Strip</link> in the Mixer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:4989
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Component Gain</emphasis>: adjusts the volume of all layers within the current component with respect to the ones of the other instruments. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5001
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pitch</emphasis>: adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of half-tones from <option>-24</option> to <option>+24</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5007
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fine</emphasis>: adjusts the pitch of the currently selected layer and the associated sample in quantized steps of cents of half-tones from <option>-0.50</option> to <option>+0.50</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:5021
msgid "Sample Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5024
msgid "The Sample Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5027
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_V5.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:5032
msgid "The Sample Editor allows you to tweak and manipulate your samples. It can be accessed by selecting a layer in the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers\">Instrument Editor</link> and clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT LAYER\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/editLayer_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button. It will really speed up the creation of a drumkit since you can do the fine-tuning of the <link linkend=\"def.sample\">samples</link> within Hydrogen and avoid a lengthy import-test-tweak workflow using an external application. This mean less switching between Hydrogen and your audio editor and more time to make music!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5049
msgid "The changes you make to your samples in the Sample Editor are <emphasis role=\"bold\">non-destructive </emphasis> and are saved <emphasis role=\"bold\">per song</emphasis>. So, the original sample will not be changed, and you can reuse the same sample in multiple songs with different Sample Editor settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:5059
msgid "Wave Display and Region Editing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5062
msgid "The Wave Display Section of the Sample Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5065
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_Wave.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5075
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Start Marker (green)</emphasis>: labeled with a <option>S</option> and indicates the beginning of the tweaked sample."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5078
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">End Marker (red)</emphasis>: labeled with a <option>E</option> and indicates the end of the tweaked sample."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5081
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Loop Marker (blue)</emphasis>: labeled with a <option>L</option> and determines the loop-in point of your sample."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5070
msgid "In the <emphasis role=\"bold\">larger (left) wave display</emphasis> you can see the wave form of the sample you are about to edit. In there you can set the start, stop, and loop point for the sample by <emphasis>dragging</emphasis> the the 3 markers: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5087
msgid "You can easily move one of the markers by grabbing them close to the letter that marks them."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5092
msgid "Underneath you can find a numerical display of the position set for the individual markers as well as some further options. The position of the markers is expressed in number of frames from the very beginning of the sample."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5099
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Start</emphasis>: position of the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.wave_display.start_marker\">Start Marker</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5104
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Loop</emphasis>: position of the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.wave_display.loop_marker\">Loop Marker</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5114
msgid "<option>forward</option>: plays the <emphasis>Loop Count</emphasis> loop passages the usual way from left to right."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5119
msgid "<option>reverse</option>: plays the <emphasis>Loop Count</emphasis> loop passages the backwards (from right to left)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5124
msgid "<option>ping-pong</option>: plays the <emphasis>Loop Count</emphasis> loop passages alternatively backwards and forwards (starting with backwards)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5109
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Loop Mode</emphasis>: specifies the way the individual loops will be played back. <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5132
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Loop Count</emphasis>: indicates the number of times the sample will be repeated between Loop and the End Marker. This section will therefore be played back <emphasis>Loop Count + 1</emphasis> times."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5137
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">End</emphasis>: position of the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.wave_display.end_marker\">End Marker</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5142
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Close</emphasis>: exits the Sample Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5149
msgid "These values will change if you <emphasis>drag</emphasis> the markers, but you can also fine-tune the marker position by using the up/down arrows of the spinboxes, the up/down keys on your keyboard, or by using your mouse scroll wheel while hovering above the spinboxes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5157
msgid "Whenever you move one of the markers you will see a detail view of the position of that marker on the <emphasis role=\"bold\">smaller (right) wave display</emphasis> on the right, making it easy to find the zero-crossings in the sample. This detail window also has a <emphasis role=\"bold\">slider</emphasis> next to it that allows you to zoom in and out on the vertical axis. Think of it as a sort of volume 'zoom'."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5166
msgid "If you want to hear a preview of the tweaking you have done so far, you first need to press the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.playback_and_envelope_editor.apply_changes\">Apply Changes</link> and then the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.playback_and_envelope_editor.play\">Play</link> button (both at the bottom of the window) to hear the result."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:5176
msgid "Pitch Shifting"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5179
msgid "The Pitch Shifting Section of the Playlist Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5182
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_PitchShift.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5187
msgid "This section of the Sample Editor allows you to use <emphasis role=\"bold\">Rubber Band</emphasis> - a tool that can change the tempo of a sample without changing the sample's pitch (and vice versa) - to tweak your sample."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5190
msgid "These options are only available if Rubber Band support was either compiled into Hydrogen or was properly configures in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.general_tab\">General</link> tab of the Preferences. After installing Rubber Band you should check if the path to the <command>rubberband cli</command> is configured correctly (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.preferences.general_tab\"/>). If neither is the case, all associated widgets will be disabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5195
msgid "When <emphasis role=\"bold\">Sample length to beat</emphasis> is set to <option>off</option> the whole Rubber Band functionality will be disabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5205
msgid "This should be set to the length of the part of the sample between the Start and End marker, expressed in number of beats."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5212
msgid "The beat length does dependent on the current tempo of the song. If it is changed, the samples need to be recalculated using Rubber Band again. When <link linkend=\"sect.main_form.export_song\">exporting a song</link> all required recalculations will be done automatically. But while using standard playback the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey vertical button containing the characters \"R\", \"U\", and \"B\" in adjacent lines. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlRubberbandButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">Main Toolbar</link> has to be activated to enable the recalculation of all samples on the fly."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5201
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Sample length to beat</emphasis>: specifies the length of the resulting sample (after Rubber Band was applied to it). After choosing a value other than <option>off</option> the length ratio between the original and the resulting sample will be displayed to the right of the combo box under <emphasis role=\"bold\">new sample length</emphasis>. To ease the process of finding a proper value, the checkbox will be highlighted <emphasis>green</emphasis> if the length is more or less the same, <emphasis>yellow</emphasis> if there are larger changes, and <emphasis>red</emphasis> if there are significant changes. <_:tip-1/> <_:note-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5236
msgid "This pitch will affect all instances of the sample in addition to the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.pitch_shift_parameters\">Pitch Shift Parameters</link> in the Instrument Editor and the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.notekey\">NoteKey</link> property of each individual note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5231
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Pitch</emphasis>: specifies the resulting pitch of the sample, expressed in <option>semitones,cent</option>. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5242
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Crispness</emphasis>: fine-tunes the processing algorithm used by Rubber Band. It does not affect tempo or pitch, but changes the way the sample sounds."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:5251
msgid "Playback and Envelope Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5254
msgid "The Envelope Section of the Sample Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5257
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/SampleEditor_Envelope.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5262
msgid "The bottom part of the Sample Editor features some basic controls and the Envelope Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5268
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Apply Changes</emphasis>: applies all settings of the Sample Editor to the selected sample in a non-destructive way."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5273
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Play</emphasis>: plays back the underlying sample with the latest changes applied to it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5278
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Play original sample</emphasis>: plays back the underlying sample (without applying any changes)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5283
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">panorama/volume</emphasis>: dropdown specifying whether the <option><link linkend=\"def.pan\">pan(orama)</link></option> or <option>volume</option> of the sample will be tweaked in the Envelope Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5289
msgid "Using the Envelope Editor you can fine-tune both the volume and panorama (pan) of your sample. This is done by creating <link linkend=\"def.envelopegenerator\">envelopes</link> by"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5294
msgid "The volume envelope is blue and the pan envelope is yellow."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: manual.docbook:5301
msgid "First select <option>volume</option> or <option>panorama</option> in the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.playback_and_envelope_editor.dropdown\">dropdown</link> to the right."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: manual.docbook:5306
msgid "<emphasis>Left-clicking</emphasis> in the Envelope Editor will add a point to the selected envelope or allows you to <emphasis>drag</emphasis> an existing one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: manual.docbook:5311
msgid "<emphasis>Right-clicking</emphasis> will delete a point."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: manual.docbook:5316
msgid "Hit <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.playback_and_envelope_editor.apply_changes\">Apply Changes</link> to make your changes take effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:5327
msgid "Mixer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5330
#: manual.docbook:7444
msgid "The Mixer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5333
#: manual.docbook:7447
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/Mixer.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:5338
msgid "The Mixer window can be opened by pressing <keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>M</keycap>, by selecting Mixer in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> option of the Main Menu, or by clicking the Mixer button on the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.gui_state\">Main Toolbar</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:5340
msgid "The Mixer consists of 3 sections (from left to right): the one containing the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strips</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips\">Component Channel Strips</link>, the <link linkend=\"sect.fx_rack_LADSPA\">FX Plugin Rack</link>, and the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master Fader Strip</link>. The Hydrogen Mixer works very much like a hardware mixer does: it lets you set the volume, pan, FX and several other things for every instrument as well as the volume of all of these sources mixed together."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:5347
msgid "Instrument Channel Strips"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5350
msgid "The Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5353
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerLineStrip.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5368
#: manual.docbook:7377
#: manual.docbook:7633
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_play_on_mixer.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5360
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_play_on_mixer.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : lets you trigger the instrument at maximum velocity."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5373
msgid "This is quite handy for checking <link linkend=\"def.clipping\">clipping</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5377
msgid "Right-clicking the button will stop all currently playing notes of the associated instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5381
msgid "This is especially useful when dealing with long samples and <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.gain_and_mute_group\">Auto-Stop Note</link> is disabled."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5395
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/led_trigger_on.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5387
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Vertical, grey LED-like object. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/led_trigger_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : lights up whenever this instrument is triggered, e.g. by a note in a pattern or an external <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> controller)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5410
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/item_selected.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5416
msgid "If the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.options.input_mode\">Input mode</link> is set to <option>Instrument</option>, incoming <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> events and <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.midi_mapping_and_virtual_keyboard\">virtual keyboard keys</link> will trigger only (pitch shifted) sounds of the currently selected instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5422
msgid "An instrument can be selected by interacting with its Instrument Channel Strip in the Mixer, by interacting with its associated row in the Pattern Editor, or by the corresponding <link linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.select_instrument\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev></link> or <link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.select_instrument\"><abbrev>OSC</abbrev> command.</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5402
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Horizontal, blue LED-like object. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/item_selected.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : shows whether the instrument is currently selected (in both the Mixer and the Pattern Editor). <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5437
#: manual.docbook:5562
#: manual.docbook:7399
#: manual.docbook:7425
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_mute_on.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5429
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"M\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_mute_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : <link linkend=\"def.mute\">mutes</link> all sounds related to the instrument (including the preview sound you hear when clicking on the instrument name in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Pattern Editor)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5442
msgid "This button is sharing its state with the mute button of corresponding instrument in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Pattern Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5456
#: manual.docbook:5576
#: manual.docbook:7388
#: manual.docbook:7412
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/btn_solo_on.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5448
#: manual.docbook:5568
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"S\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_solo_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : solos the instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5461
msgid "This button is sharing its state with the solo button of corresponding instrument in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Pattern Editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5477
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer_rotary.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5467
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey rotary widget with black background. On the widget there is a centered black circle and a black vertical line extending from the topmost point of the circle to its center. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixer_rotary.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : sets a pan value affecting all notes played using this instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5482
msgid "For a detailed description of how this pan value does interact with the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.pan\">note pan</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip.mixer_settings\">Pan Laws</link> in the Mixer please see <xref linkend=\"def.pan\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5497
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixer_knob.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5488
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey and round widget containing a grey and centered circle as well as a short grey line to indicate the position. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixer_knob.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : the four pre-fader FX send knobs that determine how much of this instrument will be sent to the effect plugins in the <link linkend=\"sect.fx_rack_LADSPA\">FX Rack</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5505
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fader</emphasis>: the fader next to the instrument's name allows you to adjust the volume of the instrument which will be applied on top of all the individual note velocities, layer gains etc. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The display above shows its peak value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5510
#: manual.docbook:5587
msgid "You can adjust the falloff speed of the peak values in the display in the <link linkend=\"fig.preferences.appearance_tab.interface\">Interface</link> tab of the Appearance tab in the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5518
msgid "If the <link linkend=\"sect.preferences.jack.per_instrument_outs\">Create per-instrument outputs</link> option in the Audio Engine tab of the Preferences was selected for the <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> audio driver, Hydrogen will register ports for each instrument. All the options described above will only take effect if in addition the <link linkend=\"sect.preferences.jack.track_output\">Track output</link> option in the same tab as set to <option>Post-Fader</option>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5521
msgid "This allows you to route the individual instruments directly into any other <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> enabled application, like Ardour, and gives you a lot more flexibility."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:5531
msgid "Component Channel Strips"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5534
msgid "The Component Channel Strip in the Mixer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5537
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/componentMixerLineStrip.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5542
msgid "Right of the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strips</link> there additional strips corresponding to the instrument <link linkend=\"def.component\">components</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5547
msgid "These channels will not be exposed as <abbrev>JACK</abbrev> output ports when enabling the <link linkend=\"sect.preferences.jack.per_instrument_outs\">Create per-instrument outputs</link> option in the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5554
msgid "<inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"M\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_mute_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> : <link linkend=\"def.mute\">mutes</link> the instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5582
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Fader</emphasis>: the fader next to the component's name allows you to adjust the volume of all layers (of all instruments) associated with this component. In the background of the fader a volume unit (VU) meter is included representing the instrument's signal level. The displays shows its peak value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:5596
msgid "FX Rack and LADSPA Plugins"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5599
msgid "The FX Rack in the Mixer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5602
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerFXRack.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5617
#: manual.docbook:5795
#: manual.docbook:7363
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerShowFXButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5607
msgid "The FX Rack can be accessed by clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixerShowFXButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button in the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master Fader Strip</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5623
msgid "It has 4 slots where you can load a <abbrev>LADSPA</abbrev> effect plugin already installed on your system."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5628
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>SWH</abbrev>-Plugins</emphasis>: available at <ulink url=\"http://plugin.org.uk\">http://plugin.org.uk</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5633
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>CMT</abbrev></emphasis>: available at <ulink url=\"http://www.ladspa.org\">http://www.ladspa.org</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5637
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>TAP</abbrev></emphasis>: available at <ulink url=\"http://tap-plugins.sf.net\">http://tap-plugins.sf.net</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5641
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Calf plugins</emphasis>: available at <ulink url=\"http://calf.sourceforge.net/\">http://calf.sourceforge.net/</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5645
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\"><abbrev>LSP</abbrev> plugins</emphasis>: available at <ulink url=\"https://github.com/sadko4u/lsp-plugins/\">https://github.com/sadko4u/lsp-plugins/</ulink>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5649
msgid "...."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5624
msgid "There are dozens of plugins available for download from various sources: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5656
msgid "Linux Audio Developer's Simple Plugin API (<abbrev>LADSPA</abbrev>) is the only plugin format supported by Hydrogen and it is tailored to be used on Linux platforms. On <emphasis role=\"bold\">macOS</emphasis> it's rather easy to get the plugins running as most of their code works on this platform too without any changes. On <emphasis role=\"bold\">Windows</emphasis>, however, things are not that straight forward. As of 2022 there are no packages, bundles, or other applications shipping LADSPA plugins for Windows usable within Hydrogen and you have to compile them from source too. But in contrast to Linux and macOS your have to adopt the codebase first (which is most easily done for the <abbrev>CMT</abbrev> plugins). So, it's possible to use plugins under Windows but, unfortunately, not feasible at all."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5671
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerFXEditButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5678
msgid "Select an Effect"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5681
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='MixerFXSelect.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5703
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='LADSPA_FX_Properties.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:5691
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Example widget to alter the properties of a LADSPA FX. At the top left the name of the FX is displayed and at the top left two buttons - \"Select FX\" and \"Deactivate\" - are shown. In the remainder there are several vertical strips stacked horizontally with each one carrying: an display showing the current value (top), the name of the parameter (left), and a fader with included meter (right). </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"LADSPA_FX_Properties.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/title
#: manual.docbook:5709
msgid "Plugins Kill"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:5710
msgid "A badly designed <abbrev>LADSPA</abbrev> plugin is capable of hanging, crashing, freezing, screeching, overflowing buffers, and even phoning home. If you start having issues with Hydrogen, disable your plugins and see if things improve. Some plugins are not designed for real-time use and some are just plain better than others."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5728
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerFXBypassButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5734
msgid "This can be handy for a quick A/B comparison."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5661
msgid "You can select a plugin using the FX selector opened by clicking the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"EDIT\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixerFXEditButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button. <_:figure-1/> Once you have selected a plugin you will immediately have access to its parameters. <_:informalfigure-2/> <_:warning-3/> You can select another plugin by clicking the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Select FX</emphasis> button. If you quickly want to enable/disable the effect click the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Deactivate</emphasis> button (or the Bypass <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Redish button containing the black characters \"BYP\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixerFXBypassButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button in the FX Rack). <_:tip-4/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5739
msgid "After you have selected the FX and tweaked it's parameters you can use the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Return</emphasis> knob in the FX Rack of the mixer to increase/decrease how much of this FX will be added to the master output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5743
msgid "The FX itself lives in an <emphasis>aux</emphasis> channel. This means it's not directly added into the signal path of any instrument line but a copy of the audio output of each of them is sent to the FX for processing instead. The amount of signal - 0 per default - send by each can be controlled using the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.fx_volume\">pre-fader FX knobs</link> in the corresponding instrument channel strip. The top left one refers to the top-most FX, the top right one to the second FX and so on. This means, in order to get an all wet signal (none of the original signal but just the processed one enters the mix) of an instrument, you have to ramp up the pre-fader FX knob and set the line's fader to 0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5748
msgid "Since the FX signal lives in an aux channel it is neither affected by <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.gain_and_mute_group\">Auto-Stop-Note</link> nor <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.gain_and_mute_group\">Mute Groups</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:5756
msgid "Master Fader Strip"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5759
msgid "The Master Fader Strip in the Mixer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5762
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/masterMixerLine.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5767
msgid "The Master Fader Strip contains the Master volume fader with volume unit (VU) meter representing the signal level, and three global humanization settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5781
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerMasterMuteButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5772
msgid "Using the fader you can control the volume of the resulting audio output of Hydrogen which is the sum of all the individual <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strips</link>, the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.playbackTrack\">Playback Track</link>, and the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">Metronome</link>. The <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"MUTE\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixerMasterMuteButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button <link linkend=\"def.mute\">mutes</link> the whole output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5807
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerShowPeakButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:5787
msgid "On the bottom-right of the Master section the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixerShowFXButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button will show or hide the <link linkend=\"sect.fx_rack_LADSPA\">FX Rack</link>, and the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button containing the black characters \"PEAK\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixerShowPeakButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button will enable or disable the VU meters in both the Master Fader Strip and all the individual <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strips</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips\">Component Channel Strips</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:5815
msgid "Humanization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:5817
msgid "In order to make the resulting audio sound more natural and less artificial, Hydrogen does offer some humanization capabilities."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5822
msgid "Further humanization capabilities are provided via <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.pitch_shift_parameters\">Random Pitch Shift Parameter</link> in the Instrument Editor. In contrast to the global nature of the humanization in the Master Fader Strip this random pitch will only be applied to notes associated with the corresponding instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5829
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Velocity</emphasis>: adds a certain randomness to the note <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> set in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.velocity\">Note Properties Editor</link>. The higher you turn this knob, the bigger will be the randomness."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5835
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Timing</emphasis>: adds a certain randomness to the note timing set in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.lead_and_lag\">Note Properties Editor</link> (as Lead/Lag). The higher you turn this knob, the more the timing will be randomized."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5838
msgid "Notes are displaced in time but the pattern duration or BPM do not change."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5845
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Swing</emphasis>: this knob will add a certain amount of swing to the song. Swing (a slight time delay) is applied to upbeat 16th-notes, and not to 8th-notes as it happens in traditional Jazz."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5847
msgid "This means for instance when setting the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.controls.res\">resolution</link> of a pattern to <option>1/16</option> every second note will be affected. If set to <option>1/32</option> instead, every third out of four consecutive notes will be affected. For smaller resolution the swing won't have any effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5850
msgid "Please also notice that the amount of lag depends on the current speed as well. The slower the song, the larger is the offset introduced (it scales with 1/tempo)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5859
msgid "In technical terms both for the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Velocity</emphasis> and the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Timing</emphasis> a random number will be sampled independently and identically distributed from a Gaussian distribution. The associated knobs provide a linear scaling of the variance of the underlying distribution."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:5867
msgid "Mixer Settings"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5879
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerSettingsButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:5895
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/mixerSettingsDialog.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:5886
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> Dialog to \"Select Pan Law\" with a large dropdown menu in the middle, a text input title \"db SPL Center Componensation\" below, and the \"Cancel\" (left) and \"OK\" (right) buttons at the bottom. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixerSettingsDialog.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:5869
msgid "Clicking the <inlinemediaobject id=\"mixerSettingsButton\"> <textobject> <phrase> Button holding the cog symbol right of the \"Master\" title of the Master Fader Strip. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixerSettingsButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button in the upper right corner of Master Fader Strip opens the Mixer Settings window: <_:informalfigure-1/> Here you can select the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Pan Law</emphasis> used by Hydrogen Mixer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:5901
msgid "The Pan Law is the relationship between the <link linkend=\"def.pan\">Resultant Pan</link> and the separate <link linkend=\"def.gain\">gains</link> of left and right audio outputs. The aim is to control the horizontal angle the sound seems to arrive from."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:5905
msgid "Hydrogen features one the most customizable and accurate Pan Law set."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:5908
msgid "You will find four categories: <option>linear</option>, <option>polar</option>, <option>ratio</option>, <option>quadratic</option>. Every category gives a different \"scale\" or \"sensibility\" to the pan knob: the same knob position will make the sound appear more lateral or central depending on the category, from the most lateral (<emphasis>linear</emphasis>) to the most central (<emphasis>quadratic</emphasis>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5921
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Balance Law (0dB)</emphasis>: when you turn the pan knob from center to right, the right gain stays constant at maximum level while the left gain decreases from the maximum level to 0 (and symmetrically turning from center to left)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5924
msgid "It is ideal for balancing a DUAL-channel track. It has ZERO center compensation: the sound will be <emphasis>louder</emphasis> when the pan knob is at <emphasis>center</emphasis> - unless channels are out of phase - so you may have to readjust the volume manually with the mixer fader."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5932
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Constant Power (-3dB)</emphasis>: the total <emphasis>power</emphasis> (which is proportional to the <emphasis>square</emphasis> of the gain) is constant for any position of the pan knob."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5935
msgid "Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is divided by the square root of 2 when the pan knob is at center (-3.0103 dB center compensation). In a common room, this constraint <emphasis>may</emphasis> give the general perception of uniform volume for any pan knob position (panning a MONO track)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5943
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Constant Sum (-6dB)</emphasis>: the sum of left and right gains is constant for any position of the pan knob."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5945
msgid "This constraint preserves the mix volumes in mono export. Compared to the Balance Law, each channel gain is halved (-6.0206 dB) when the pan knob is at center. If you are in an ideal anechoic room (where there are no acoustic reflections) and you seat perfectly at the same distance from the speakers, with this constraint the volume will be really constant for any pan position, because of the linear <emphasis>super-position</emphasis> of sound waves (panning a MONO track)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:5956
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Constant k-Norm (Custom dB center compensation)</emphasis>: you can experiment adjusting the center compensation to your taste!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:5960
msgid "Some hi-end studio mixers - to be used in well tuned rooms - have center compensation between -3dB and -6dB."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:5916
msgid "Then for each category you will find four options, that define a <emphasis>constraint</emphasis> between the gains of the two channels: <_:itemizedlist-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:5968
msgid "The four constraints should not change the perception of the <emphasis>stereo angle</emphasis>, but the <emphasis>volume</emphasis> only (depending on the pan knob)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:5971
msgid "The Pan Law is something you should choose <emphasis>before</emphasis> starting the mix and keep untouched. Hydrogen sets the <emphasis>ratio Balance Law</emphasis> by default because it was the only available law until version 1.0 (so old songs and drumkits will sound the same). The setting is saved in the song file but not in preferences, so it is NOT remembered when you create a new song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:5979
msgid "Unlike in advanced mixers, Hydrogen panning makes no distinction if a track is mono or dual-channel (stereo). You cannot pan each channel of stereo tracks separately, nor use a balance law for them and another pan law for mono tracks. If the drumkit you are using is made of true stereo samples, you don't want a negative center compensation probably, so you should select a Balance Law."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:5993
msgid "Director"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:5997
msgid "The Director"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:6000
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/screenshot-director.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:6006
msgid "The Director provides a quick overview of what Hydrogen is currently doing. It can be opened by pressing <keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>D</keycap> or by via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> option in the Main Menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:6010
msgid "The Director shows you the song name, a visualization of the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">Metronome</link>, and the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.tag\">Tags</link>. Just below the metronome you can see the latest tag, and below that the next upcoming tag. This way you have a nice overview of what is going on, and what is about to happen in the song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:6018
msgid "This comes in very handy when you are <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link> a song, or if you are using Hydrogen live on stage."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:6027
msgid "Playlist Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:6030
msgid "The Playlist Editor with Demo Songs loaded"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:6033
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='PlaylistEditor.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:6039
msgid "Main Window"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:6042
msgid "Song List"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:6044
msgid "The Playlist Editor allows you to group various songs into a playlist and is intended to ease using Hydrogen live on stage. You can access this window via the <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.view\">View</link> option of the Main Menu."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:6049
msgid "Using the <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor.menu\">menu</link> you can add various songs to the playlist and you can arrange their order using the arrow buttons to the right of the widget."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6054
msgid "When playback reaches the end of one song the next one won't be automatically selected and played! You can select an arbitrary song in the playlist using double <emphasis>left-clicking</emphasis>, by pressing the hotkeys <link linkend=\"chap.shortcuts.f5\"><keycap>F5</keycap></link> and <link linkend=\"chap.shortcuts.f6\"><keycap>F6</keycap></link>, or the corresponding <link linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.playlist_song\">OSC</link> commands."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6057
msgid "Also note that selecting a song won't start playback automatically."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:6075
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='PlaylistEditorControls.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: informalfigure/mediaobject
#: manual.docbook:6068
msgid "<textobject> <phrase> From left to right: rewind, play and pause, stop, and fast forward. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"PlaylistEditorControls.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:6080
msgid "At the bottom of the widget you find a couple of <emphasis role=\"bold\">buttons</emphasis> you already know from the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">Transport Control</link> in the Main Toolbar. They do have the same purposes of starting, pausing, and stopping the playback as well as moving the transport position backwards or forwards by one pattern."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6085
msgid "While focusing the Playlist Editor instead of the main UI the usual <link linkend=\"chap.shortcuts\">shortcuts</link> of Hydrogen, like <link linkend=\"chap.shortcuts.space\"><keycap>Space</keycap></link> for starting/pausing playback, won't work."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:6093
#: manual.docbook:6175
msgid "Scripts"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6100
msgid "This means that e.g. <link linkend=\"chpt.osc.commands.all_messages\">OSC</link> commands can not be used to change the state of Hydrogen as the subsequent loading of the associated song would reset it immediately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:6095
msgid "In addition, the Playlist Editor allows you to add <emphasis role=\"bold\">scripts</emphasis> executed right <emphasis>before</emphasis> the selected song is loaded. <_:note-1/> The scripts supported in the Playlist Editor are <abbrev>BASH</abbrev> scripts and one has to both add a script to a song as well as to check the corresponding box in the <emphasis>exec Script</emphasis> column in order to have it by your computer whenever you switch to the particular song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:6109
msgid "Scripts are not supported in the Windows version of Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:6117
msgid "Menu"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:6120
msgid "Playlist"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6124
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Add song to Playlist</emphasis>: let's you select a song to be added to the current playlist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6130
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Add current song to Playlist</emphasis>: adds the currently loaded song to the current playlist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6136
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Remove selected song from Playlist</emphasis>: deletes the selected song from the current playlist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6142
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">New Playlist</emphasis>: creates a new and empty playlist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:6153
msgid "In the <link linkend=\"fig.preferences.general_tab\">General</link> tab of the Preferences dialog you can configure Hydrogen to reload the last used playlist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6148
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Open Playlist</emphasis>: opens an existing playlist (file of type <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2playlist\">.h2playlist</link>). <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6160
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Save Playlist</emphasis>: saves all changes done to the current playlist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6166
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Save Playlist as</emphasis>: saves the current playlist into a file (of type <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2playlist\">.h2playlist</link>) and location of your choice."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6179
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Add Script to selected song</emphasis>: associates a <abbrev>BASH</abbrev> script (file of type <command>.sh</command>) to the currently selected song of the playlist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6189
msgid "When using the function for the first time Hydrogen will ask you which program to use as your default editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6185
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Edit selected Script</emphasis>: opens the selected script with your default editor (in an external window). <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6196
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Remove selected Script</emphasis>: removes the selected script from the playlist."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6207
msgid "The default one is the <filename role=\"directory\">scripts</filename> folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually <filename role=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6202
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Create a new Script</emphasis>: creates a new and empty <command>.sh</command> script at a location of your choice. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:6220
msgid "MIDI API"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:6222
msgid "In this section you can find more info about how to make Hydrogen respond to <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> messages. This is either done using the <link linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions\">available <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Actions</link> or using the <link linkend=\"chpt.midi.learnable\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev>-learnable Widgets</link>, like knobs or faders, both triggered using <link linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Events</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6226
msgid "Before you can work with <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> actions you should have your <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> devices, drivers, and connections configured correctly in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.midi_tab\">MIDI System </link> tab of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6231
msgid "Please note that this chapter will only cover the table linking external <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Events to Hydrogen's <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Actions. For all other parameters of the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> API please see the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.midi_tab\">MIDI System </link> tab of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:6237
msgid "MIDI Actions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:6240
msgid "MIDI Actions are set in MIDI System tab of the Preferences Dialog"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:6248
msgid "An <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Event</emphasis> is an incoming <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> message, originating from e.g. a <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> controller or an external sequencer. A <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action</emphasis> is a function built into Hydrogen that can be used to react to a specific <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Event. Binding an Event to an Action can be done using the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.midi_tab\">MIDI System</link> tab of the Preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:6260
#: manual.docbook:6281
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/midiSenseButton.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:6251
msgid "You can also define <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> bindings by simply pressing the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Red circle. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/midiSenseButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button left of the Event-Action binding line. A popup will inform you that Hydrogen is waiting for your input. Press/hit/turn the key/pad/knob on your <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> keyboard (or controller) that you want to link to this action. The popup will close and the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Event Param.</emphasis> value will now show the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> note value of the key you pressed. Once this is done you can select an Action from the action drop-down list."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:6272
msgid "You can also define a binding without the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Red circle. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/midiSenseButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button by setting the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Event Param.</emphasis> manually to the desired <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:6287
msgid "The <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param.</emphasis> column to the right of the table specifies the input parameter to the Action (see the corresponding <link linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions\">Actions reference</link> for details)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:6292
msgid "Events"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:6294
msgid "Four types of <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Events are available (as described in the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> standard):"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6300
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">NOTE</emphasis>: an input coming from a regular black/white key of a keyboard or a drumpad."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6304
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">CC</emphasis>: controller commands coming from faders or rotary controllers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6308
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">MMC_x</emphasis>: <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/MIDI_Machine_Control\"> machine control events</ulink> coming from buttons, like 'play' or 'stop', on a controller."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6313
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PROGRAM_CHANGE</emphasis>: usually intended to change the sound of instruments or to select different sound banks."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:6323
msgid "Actions"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6326
msgid "Some of the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Actions require that their <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param.</emphasis> to be configured. These parameter usually references a specific channel, instrument, FXsend... Keep in mind that their values are <emphasis>zero-based</emphasis>. So, if you want to reference channel 1 you have to enter <option>0</option> in the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param.</emphasis> field (<option>1</option> for channel 2, <option>2</option> for channel 3, and so on)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6335
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">&lt;&lt;_PREVIOUS_BAR</emphasis>: moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6342
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">&gt;&gt;_NEXT_BAR</emphasis>: moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6348
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">BEATCOUNTER</emphasis>: calculates the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.tap_tempo_beat_counter.beat_counter\">Beat Counter</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6358
msgid "This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.timeline\">Timeline</link> is activated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6355
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">BPM_CC_RELATIVE</emphasis>: changes the tempo relative to the current tempo, using a controller. Using the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis> you can specify by how much the current tempo will change. If the incoming Event is <option>-1</option> (negative), the tempo will be increased and if it's <option>1</option> (positive), it will be increased. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6367
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">BPM_DECR</emphasis>: decreases the current tempo by the supplied value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6372
#: manual.docbook:6384
#: manual.docbook:6397
msgid "This Action will have no effect if Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> or <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.timeline\">Timeline</link> is activated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6380
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">BPM_FINE_CC_RELATIVE</emphasis>: as <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.bpm_cc_relative\"/> but with changes 100 times smaller than the value specified in <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis>. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6392
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">BPM_INCR</emphasis>: increases the current tempo by the supplied value."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6405
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">EFFECT_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: changes the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.fx_volume\">volume level of an FX</link>. Parameter 1 determines the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strip</link> and Parameter 2 specifies the FX the Action will be applied to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6410
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">EFFECT_LEVEL_RELATIVE</emphasis>: same as <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.effect_level_absolute\"/> but instead mapping the incoming values directly to the FX volume <option>1</option> will increase and all other values will decrease it by 5%."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6416
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: for a value of <option>0</option> it sets the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.filter\">Filter Cutoff</link> of the instrument strip specified using the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis> to <option>0</option>. For all other values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by 127.0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6425
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">GAIN_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: sets the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.controls.layer_gain\">Layer Gain</link>. Parameter 1 specifies the instrument, parameter 2 the component, and parameter 3 the layer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6430
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: sets the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master output volume</link> to the value provided by the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> event times 1.5 and divided by 127."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6434
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE</emphasis>: changes the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master output volume</link>, relative to its current setting. For a value of <option>0</option> it sets the volume of the master fader to 0. For a value of <option>1</option> it increases its volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (<option>-1</option>: -0.05 , <option>0</option>: 0 ,<option>1</option>: +0.05)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6442
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">MUTE</emphasis>: <link linkend=\"def.mute\">mutes</link> the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master output</link> (sequencer keeps running)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6446
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">MUTE_TOGGLE</emphasis>: toggles the <link linkend=\"def.mute\">muting</link> of the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master output</link> (sequencer keeps running)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6451
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PAN_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: changes the <link linkend=\"def.pan\">pan</link> of an <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.pan\">instrument</link> determined by the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis> to the absolute value that the linked controller sends to Hydrogen. Incoming values from <option>0</option> to <option>127</option> will be mapped to pan values between -1 and 1."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6455
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PAN_ABSOLUTE_SYM</emphasis>: same as <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.pan_absolute\"/> but supports incoming values from <option>-127</option> to <option>127</option> will be mapped."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6459
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PAN_RELATIVE</emphasis>: changes the <link linkend=\"def.pan\">pan</link> of an <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.pan\">instrument</link> determined by the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis> relative to the current value. For a value of <option>1</option> it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (<option>-1</option>: -0.05 , <option>1</option>: +0.05)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6465
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PAUSE</emphasis>: pauses playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6469
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PITCH_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: sets the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.controls.pitch\">Layer Pitch</link>. Parameter 1 specifies the instrument, parameter 2 the component, and parameter 3 the layer. <emphasis role=\"bold\">PAUSE</emphasis>: pauses playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6475
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAY</emphasis>: starts playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6479
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAY/PAUSE_TOGGLE</emphasis>: works the same as <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.play\"/> if the playback has not started yet and same as. <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.pause\"/> otherwise. (The playhead will not return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6487
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAY/STOP_TOGGLE</emphasis>: works the same as <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.play\"/> if the playback has not started yet and same as. <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.stop\"/> otherwise."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6494
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG</emphasis>: opens the song in the current <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">playlist</link> corresponding to the song number specified in <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6501
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG</emphasis>: opens the previous song in the current <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">playlist</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6508
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAYLIST_SONG</emphasis>: opens the next song in the current <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">playlist</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6515
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">RECORD/STROBE_TOGGLE</emphasis>: toggles <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link> (same as pressing the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">record button</link> in the main toolbar)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6523
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">RECORD_EXIT</emphasis>: deactivates <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6530
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">RECORD_READY</emphasis>: toggles <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link> (same as pressing the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">record button</link> in the main toolbar) if the playback has not started yet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6538
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">RECORD_STROBE</emphasis>: activates <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6545
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">REDO_ACTION</emphasis>: redoes the previous undone action."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6551
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_AND_PLAY_PATTERN</emphasis>: works as <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.select_next_pattern\"/> combined with <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.play\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6558
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_INSTRUMENT</emphasis>: selects the instrument in the drumkit corresponding to the number supplied in the incoming <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Event."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6568
msgid "If Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Selected Pattern Mode</link>, playback will be switched to the selected pattern immediately. If it is, instead, in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.stacked\">Stacked Pattern Mode</link>, playback of the selected pattern will be toggled next time transport is loop again. In case the pattern was already playing, it will be stopped. If not, it will be started."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6571
#: manual.docbook:6595
msgid "If Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link>, the command will have no effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6563
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN</emphasis>: selects the pattern specified in <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis>. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6577
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_CC_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: like <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.select_next_pattern\"/> but the pattern to be selected is determined by the value of the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6582
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN_RELATIVE</emphasis>: like <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.select_next_pattern\"/> but the pattern to be selected is determined by the pattern number of the currently selected one plus the value specified in <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6592
msgid "If Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.stacked\">Stacked Pattern Mode</link>, only the selected pattern will be played back once the transport gets looped again. For <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Selected Pattern Mode</link> this action behaves as <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.select_next_pattern\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:6600
msgid "By providing a number smaller than <option>0</option> or larger than the number of available patterns all playing patterns can be stopped at once without stopping playback itself."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6587
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN</emphasis>: selects the pattern specified in <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis>. <_:note-1/> <_:tip-2/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6606
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN_CC_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: like <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.select_only_next_pattern\"/> but the pattern to be selected is determined by the value of the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> message."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6611
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">STOP</emphasis>: stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning of the song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6616
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE</emphasis>: <link linkend=\"def.mute\">mutes</link> the instrument specified in <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6621
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE</emphasis>: <link linkend=\"def.mute\">mutes</link> the instrument specified in <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6626
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>: see <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.master_volume_absolute\"/>, but applies to the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strip</link> specified in <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6631
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE</emphasis>: see <xref linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions.actions.master_volume_relative\"/>, but applies to the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strip</link> specified in <emphasis role=\"bold\">Action Param</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6636
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">TAP_TEMPO</emphasis>: another command calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.tap_tempo_beat_counter.tap_tempo\">Tap Tempo</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6642
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">TOGGLE_METRONOME</emphasis>: toggles the metronome."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6647
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">UNDO_ACTION</emphasis>: undoes the previous action."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6652
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">UNMUTE</emphasis>: unmutes the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master output</link> (sequencer keeps running)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:6661
msgid "MIDI-learnable Widgets"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:6663
msgid "<abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Events can be mapped to Actions in the dedicated table at the bottom of the <link linkend=\"chpt.midi.actions\"><abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> tab</link> of the Preferences Dialog. For more convenient handling some of these Actions are associated with GUI elements and can directly be mapped to <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> Events by pressing <keycap>Shift</keycap> while <emphasis>left-clicking</emphasis> the widget."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:6665
msgid "Such elements are:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6668
msgid "the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips.fader_and_lcd\">volume faders</link> in the Instrument Channel Strips"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6671
msgid "the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.fx_volume\">FX volume knobs</link> in the Instrument Channel Strips"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6674
msgid "the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.pan\">pan rotaries</link> in the Instrument Channel Strips"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6677
msgid "the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master Fader Strip</link> in the Mixer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:6681
msgid "A 'Waiting for <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> input...' popup informs you that Hydrogen is now waiting for you to press a key or turn/move a controller on your <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> device."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6686
msgid "If the element that does not support <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> automation, a different popup will inform you."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:6694
msgid "OSC API"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:6695
msgid "Open Sound Control (<abbrev>OSC</abbrev>) is a protocol for communication among programs, computers, and hardware, like synthesizers or multimedia devices, via networking protocols such as UDP or TCP. It can be thought of as a replacement for the <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> protocol with rich benefits, like supporting symbolic and high-resolution numerical argument data, providing an URL-style naming scheme in combination with a pattern matching language, and allowing to bundle messages for a better handling of timing and simultaneous processing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:6705
msgid "Basics"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:6707
msgid "Hydrogen is able to receive and send <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> messages. This allows you to control it using various devices, like hardware <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> controllers, smartphones, tablets, or any PC. For Linux-based systems you can use or test these interactions using the command line program <command>oscsend</command>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
#: manual.docbook:6713
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<prompt>$</prompt> <command>oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/NEW_SONG s /tmp/new.h2song</command>\n"
"       "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:6718
msgid "To enable <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> support in Hydrogen, open the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.osc_tab\">OSC</link> tab in the Preferences dialog. Make sure that the \"Enable <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> support\" checkbox is activated, otherwise Hydrogen will not listen for incoming <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> messages."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:6726
msgid "Hydrogen's port number defaults to <option>9000</option> for historical reasons. Since this is also the number used in the coding examples provided by <command>liblo</command> package, you may encounter other applications trying to register the same port (which is not possible). In order to avoid hiccups in your audio setup, it's advised to set a different default port in such cases."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:6732
msgid "<command>oscsend</command> should only be used for sparse interactive testing and control via a command-line. Using it in scripts is not recommended since every time it sends a command it will registers a new client at the <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> server. If the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Enable <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> feedback</emphasis> option in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.osc_tab\"><abbrev>OSC</abbrev></link> tab of the Preferences dialog is checked, Hydrogen will send its current state to all registered clients causing it to become slower and slower with every <command>oscsend</command> command sent. Soon you will experience visual lags. When unchecking this option, however, using <command>oscsend</command> is fine."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:6740
msgid "Commands"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:6743
msgid "Syntax"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:6745
msgid "The syntax for sending the commands is"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
#: manual.docbook:6747
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"\n"
"<prompt>$</prompt> <command>oscsend localhost OSC_PORT_NUMBER COMMAND_URL COMMAND_TYPE COMMAND_ARGUMENT</command>\n"
"         "
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:6751
msgid "with the supported types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6753
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">' '</emphasis>: no argument required"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6754
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">i</emphasis>: int32"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6755
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">f</emphasis>: float32"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6756
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">s</emphasis>: <abbrev>OSC</abbrev>-string (ASCII)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
#: manual.docbook:6759
msgid "Detailed description of the formats and conventions used in the tables below"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6763
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">ff</emphasis>: two types placed right after each other indicated that the command requires two distinct arguments."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6768
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">' ',[f]</emphasis>: two types separated by a comma indicate that two versions of the command are available. To support <command>TouchOSC</command> all commands expecting no parameter are available in an alternative version requiring a float too. In the latter version the argument will be ignored and it is placed in squared brackets <emphasis>[f]</emphasis> to indicate its inferiority compared to the non-parametric version."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6777
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">[0,]</emphasis>: limitations in possible values of the input parameters are indicated in the <emphasis>range</emphasis> column. For continuous values squared brackets <emphasis>[LOWER_LIMIT,UPPER_LIMIT]</emphasis> are used and a limit will be left empty when it is associated with a \"natural\" boundary, like the total number of instrument or pattern."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6785
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">{-1;0;1}</emphasis>: sets of discrete values are shown in curly brackets and separated semicolon <emphasis>{VALUE;...}</emphasis> and usually feature the most convenient input options."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6791
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">1.0</emphasis>: also in order to support <command>TouchOSC</command> all numerical input has to be passed as type float while most of these numbers will be rounded to integers internally. For all true float inputs the <emphasis>range</emphasis> column uses a floating point representation of the limits, like 1.0 instead of 1."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:6798
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">X</emphasis>: all commands ending with a <emphasis>/X/</emphasis> require this character to be replaced by an integer and do affect only the corresponding instrument, e.g. <command>oscsend localhost 9000 /Hydrogen/PAN_ABSOLUTE/1/ f 0.3</command>. The instrument number starts at 1 and is determined by the order of the instrument in the mixer and pattern editor."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
#: manual.docbook:6810
msgid "All Commands"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: manual.docbook:6813
msgid "All <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> Messages"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6820
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6821
msgid "type"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6822
msgid "range"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6823
msgid "description"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6828
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAY</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6829
#: manual.docbook:6835
#: manual.docbook:6841
#: manual.docbook:6848
#: manual.docbook:6858
#: manual.docbook:6866
#: manual.docbook:6872
#: manual.docbook:6878
#: manual.docbook:6884
#: manual.docbook:6890
#: manual.docbook:6896
#: manual.docbook:6965
#: manual.docbook:6973
#: manual.docbook:7003
#: manual.docbook:7009
#: manual.docbook:7015
#: manual.docbook:7106
#: manual.docbook:7112
#: manual.docbook:7118
#: manual.docbook:7124
#: manual.docbook:7158
#: manual.docbook:7184
#: manual.docbook:7196
#: manual.docbook:7202
msgid "' ',[f]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6831
msgid "Starts playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6834
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PAUSE</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6837
msgid "Stops playback."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6840
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">STOP</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6843
msgid "Stops playback and moves the playhead to the beginning of the song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6847
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAY_PAUSE_TOGGLE</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6850
msgid "Works the same as <xref linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.play\"/> if the playback has not started yet and same as. <xref linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.pause\"/> otherwise. (The playhead will not return to the start of the song, but will stay at its current position)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6857
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAY_STOP_TOGGLE</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6860
msgid "Works the same as <xref linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.play\"/> if the playback has not started yet and same as. <xref linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.stop\"/> otherwise."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6865
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">RECORD_READY</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6868
msgid "Toggles <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link> (same as pressing the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">record button</link>) if the playback has not started yet."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6871
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">RECORD_STROBE_TOGGLE</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6874
msgid "Toggles <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link> (same as pressing the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">record button</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6877
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">RECORD_STROBE</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6880
msgid "Activates <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6883
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">RECORD_EXIT</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6886
msgid "Deactivates <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.recording\">recording</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6889
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">NEXT_BAR</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6892
msgid "Moves the playhead to the next pattern/bar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6895
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PREVIOUS_BAR</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6898
msgid "Moves the playhead to the previous pattern/bar."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6901
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_NEXT_PATTERN</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6902
#: manual.docbook:6910
#: manual.docbook:6921
#: manual.docbook:6928
#: manual.docbook:6937
#: manual.docbook:6946
#: manual.docbook:6955
#: manual.docbook:6981
#: manual.docbook:6996
#: manual.docbook:7021
#: manual.docbook:7027
#: manual.docbook:7037
#: manual.docbook:7048
#: manual.docbook:7059
#: manual.docbook:7065
#: manual.docbook:7074
#: manual.docbook:7100
#: manual.docbook:7130
#: manual.docbook:7137
#: manual.docbook:7144
#: manual.docbook:7151
#: manual.docbook:7164
#: manual.docbook:7221
msgid "f"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6903
#: manual.docbook:6922
#: manual.docbook:6929
#: manual.docbook:6997
#: manual.docbook:7101
#: manual.docbook:7165
msgid "[0,]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6904
msgid "If Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Pattern Mode</link>, switch to pattern <emphasis>f</emphasis>. If Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link>, the command will have no effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6909
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_ONLY_NEXT_PATTERN</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6912
msgid "If Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.stacked\">Stacked Pattern Mode</link>, play back pattern <emphasis>f</emphasis> and stop all other patterns currently playing. In <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Selected Pattern Mode</link> this action behaves like <xref linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.select_next_pattern\"/>. If Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link>, the command will have no effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6920
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_AND_PLAY_PATTERN</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6923
msgid "Works as <xref linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.select_next_pattern\"/> combined with <xref linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.play\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6927
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">RELOCATE</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6930
msgid "If Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link>, locates the playhead to pattern number <emphasis>f</emphasis>. If Hydrogen is in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Pattern Mode</link>, locates the playhead to the beginning of the current pattern."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6936
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">BPM</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6939
msgid "Sets the current tempo to <emphasis>f</emphasis>. Note that this command will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.timeline\">Timeline</link> is activated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6945
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">BPM_DECR</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6948
msgid "Decreases the current tempo by <emphasis>f</emphasis>. Note that this command will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> and the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.timeline\">Timeline</link> is activated."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6954
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">BPM_INCR</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6957
msgid "Increases the current tempo by <emphasis>f</emphasis>. Note that this command will have no effect if Hydrogen is both in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> and <emphasis>Tempo Marker</emphasis> has been passed."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6964
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">BEATCOUNTER</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6967
msgid "Calculates the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.tap_tempo_beat_counter.beat_counter\">Beat Counter</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6972
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">TAP_TEMPO</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6975
msgid "Another command calculating the average time passing between successive encounters of this commands and uses it to set the current tempo using <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.tap_tempo_beat_counter.tap_tempo\">Tap Tempo</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6980
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">TIMELINE_ACTIVATION</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6982
msgid "{0,1}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6983
msgid "Activates the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.timeline\">Timeline</link> if <emphasis>f</emphasis> is not zero and deactivates it otherwise."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6987
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">TIMELINE_ADD_MARKER</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6988
#: manual.docbook:7227
msgid "ff"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6989
msgid "[0,] [10,400]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6990
msgid "Adds a Tempo Marker to the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.timeline\">Timeline</link>. The first argument specifies the pattern/bar to at the marker to and the second its tempo."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6995
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">TIMELINE_DELETE_MARKER</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:6998
msgid "Deletes a Tempo Marker at pattern/bar <emphasis>f</emphasis> on the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.timeline\">Timeline</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7002
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">MUTE</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7005
msgid "<link linkend=\"def.mute\">Mutes</link> the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master output</link> (sequencer keeps running)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7008
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">UNMUTE</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7011
msgid "Unmutes the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master output</link> (sequencer keeps running)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7014
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">MUTE_TOGGLE</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7017
msgid "Toggles the muting of the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master output</link> (sequencer keeps running)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7020
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">MASTER_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7022
#: manual.docbook:7038
msgid "[0.0,1.5]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7023
msgid "Sets the volume of the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master fader</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7026
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">MASTER_VOLUME_RELATIVE</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7028
#: manual.docbook:7049
msgid "{-1;0;1}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7029
msgid "Changes the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master output volume</link>, relative to the current setting. For a value of <option>0</option> it sets the volume of the master fader to 0. For a value of <option>1</option> it increases its volume by 0.05 and for all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (<option>-1</option>: -0.05 ,<option>0</option>: 0 ,<option>1</option>: +0.05)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7036
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_VOLUME_ABSOLUTE/X</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7039
msgid "See <xref linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.master_volume_absolute\"/>, but applies to the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strip</link> provided in the <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> command path as <emphasis>X</emphasis>. Please not that this only affects <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strips</link>. Strip volume control for <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips\">Component Channel Strips</link> is not implemented yet)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7047
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_VOLUME_RELATIVE/X</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7050
msgid "See <xref linkend=\"chpt.osc.command.master_volume_relative\"/>, but applies to the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strip</link> provided in the <abbrev>OSC</abbrev> command path as <emphasis>X</emphasis>. Please not that this only affects <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strips</link>. Strip volume control for <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips\">Component Channel Strips</link> is not implemented yet)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7058
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PAN_ABSOLUTE/X</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7060
msgid "[0.0,1.0]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7061
msgid "Sets the pan of instrument strip <emphasis>X</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7064
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PAN_RELATIVE/X</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7066
msgid "{-1;1}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7067
msgid "Changes the <link linkend=\"def.pan\">pan</link> of the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strip</link> <emphasis>X</emphasis>, relative to the current value. For a value of <option>1</option> it increase the pan by 0.05. For all other values it decreases it by 0.05. (<option>-1</option>: -0.05 , <option>1</option>: +0.05)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7073
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">FILTER_CUTOFF_LEVEL_ABSOLUTE/X</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7075
msgid "[0,127]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7076
msgid "For a value of <option>0</option> it sets the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.filter\">Filter Cutoff</link> of the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strip</link> <emphasis>X</emphasis> to 0. For all other values it sets the cutoff to the provided number divided by 127.0. Please note that this parameter is not displayed anywhere in the Mixer but in the Instrument Rack."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7083
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_MUTE_TOGGLE/X</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7084
#: manual.docbook:7092
msgid "'',[f]"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7086
msgid "Toggles muting of <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strip</link> <emphasis>X</emphasis>. Optional input argument will be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7091
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">STRIP_SOLO_TOGGLE/X</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7094
msgid "Toggles soloing of <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strip</link> <emphasis>X</emphasis>. Optional input argument will be ignored."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7099
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAYLIST_SONG</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7102
msgid "Opens song <emphasis>f</emphasis> of the <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">Playlist</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7105
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAYLIST_NEXT_SONG</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7108
msgid "Opens the next song in the <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">Playlist</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7111
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">PLAYLIST_PREV_SONG</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7114
msgid "Opens the previous song in the <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">Playlist</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7117
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">UNDO_ACTION</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7120
msgid "Undoes the previous action."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7123
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">REDO_ACTION</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7126
msgid "Redoes the previous undone action."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7129
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">JACK_TRANSPORT_ACTIVATION</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7131
#: manual.docbook:7138
#: manual.docbook:7145
#: manual.docbook:7152
msgid "{0;1}"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7132
msgid "Deactivated the <link linkend=\"sect.preferences.jack\"><abbrev>JACK</abbrev> transport</link> support for a value of <option>0</option> and activates it for all others."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7136
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">JACK_TIMEBASE_MASTER_ACTIVATION</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7139
msgid "Unregisters Hydrogen as <link linkend=\"sect.preferences.jack.bbt\"><abbrev>JACK</abbrev> Timebase Master</link> for a value of <option>0</option> and registers it for all others."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7143
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">SONG_MODE_ACTIVATION</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7146
msgid "Deactivated <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link> for a value of <option>0</option> and activates it for all others."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7150
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">LOOP_MODE_ACTIVATION</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7153
msgid "Deactivated <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">looped playback</link> for a value of <option>0</option> and activates it for all others."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7157
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">TOGGLE_METRONOME</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7160
msgid "Toggles the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">metronome</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7163
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">SELECT_INSTRUMENT</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7166
msgid "Selects a specific instrument in the drumkit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7169
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">NEW_SONG</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7170
#: manual.docbook:7177
#: manual.docbook:7190
#: manual.docbook:7208
#: manual.docbook:7214
msgid "s"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7172
msgid "Creates an empty song which will be stored at the absolute path <emphasis>s</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7176
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">OPEN_SONG</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7179
msgid "Opens an existing song associated with the absolute path <emphasis>s</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7183
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">SAVE_SONG</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7186
msgid "Saves the current song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7189
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">SAVE_SONG_AS</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7192
msgid "Saves the current song to the absolute path <emphasis>s</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7195
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">SAVE_PREFERENCES</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7198
msgid "Saves the preferences."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7201
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">QUIT</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7204
msgid "Exits Hydrogen."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7207
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">NEW_PATTERN</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7210
msgid "Creates an empty pattern of name <emphasis>s</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7213
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">OPEN_PATTERN</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7216
msgid "Opens an existing pattern at the absolute path <emphasis>s</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7220
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">REMOVE_PATTERN</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7223
msgid "Removes pattern number <emphasis>f</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7226
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">SONG_EDITOR_TOGGLE_GRID_CELL</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7229
msgid "Toggles a pattern in the pattern grid of the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editor</link>. The first argument will be used as column and the second as row."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7232
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">LOAD_DRUMKIT</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7233
#: manual.docbook:7245
msgid "s,sf"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7235
msgid "Loads a drumkit into the current song. <emphasis>s</emphasis> can be either the name of a drumkit already present in the <link linkend=\"chpt.sound_library\">Sound Library Editor</link> or an absolute path pointing to an extracted drumkit folder (containing both <filename>drumkit.xml</filename> file as well as all required samples). The second argument is optional and specifies whether (<option>0</option>) or not (any other value) instruments of the old kit should be kept in case newly loaded one has less and there are note present for that particular instrument in a pattern."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7238
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">EXTRACT_DRUMKIT</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7239
#: manual.docbook:7251
msgid "s,ss"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7241
msgid "Inflates a <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2drumkit\">compressed drumkit</link> found at the absolute path <emphasis>s</emphasis> (first argument). The second argument specifies the target path to extract the kit to. It's optional and if omitted the kit will be extracted into Hydrogen's user drumkit folder."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7244
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">VALIDATE_DRUMKIT</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7247
msgid "Validates a <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2drumkit\">compressed</link> or inflated drumkit found at the absolute path <emphasis>s</emphasis> against the current drumkit format. When setting the second arguent to <option>1</option> the kit will be validated against all former drumkit definitions as well."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7250
msgid "/Hydrogen/<emphasis role=\"bold\">UPGRADE_DRUMKIT</emphasis>/"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7253
msgid "Upgrades a <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2drumkit\">compressed</link> or inflated drumkit found at the absolute path <emphasis>s</emphasis> to the latest drumkit format. The second argument specifies the target path to upgraded kit will be stored in. It's optional and if omitted the kit will be upgraded inplace."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: manual.docbook:7264
msgid "Examples"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:7267
msgid "A New Song"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:7269
msgid "This chapter provides a quick-and-dirty walkthrough to Hydrogen. Refer to the tutorials and the technical <xref linkend=\"part.using_hydrogen\"/> of this document for a more detailed overview."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:7275
msgid "Song Mode and Pattern Mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7277
msgid "Hydrogen has two main modes: <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.pattern_mode\">Pattern mode</link> and <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link>. When <emphasis>Pattern Mode</emphasis> is activated the current pattern is continuously repeated. This mode is very well suited to tweak your pattern until it's just right, since the pattern you are working on is constantly repeated. This way you can immediately hear the changes you have made. In <emphasis>Song Mode</emphasis> the whole song is played. This is useful when putting together the patterns to create the structure of the song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:7286
msgid "A New Pattern"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:7306
msgid "Remember some constraints of the grid: if you are working with a resolution of <option>1/16</option>, you can't go back to <option>1/8</option> and remove a 16th note; same thing happens if you are working with a resolution of <option>1/8</option> and you try to insert a note in the middle of two bars (looking for a 16 bars precision): they will be placed on the previous or on the following 8th bar (unless you choose <option>off</option> from the Grid Resolution combo box in which case you're free to place notes wherever you prefer). <emphasis role=\"bold\">Be sure to select the correct pattern in the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link> of the Song Editor before adding notes in the Pattern Editor!</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7287
msgid "We'll start from the empty song with an empty pattern created when Hydrogen starts up: <emphasis>Pattern Mode</emphasis> should be selected by default. Now let's click on the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey play and pause button containing two vertical black lines (left) and a black triangle (right) pointing to the right. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/playerControlPlayButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button in the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">Main Toolbar</link>, and while the pattern is playing let's add notes by <emphasis>left-clicking</emphasis> in the grid of the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link> (see <xref linkend=\"fig.pattern_editor.2\"/>). Adjust the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.controls.res\">grid resolution</link> and <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.bpm_control_and_metronome\">tempo</link> if needed. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:7321
msgid "The Pattern Editor"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:7324
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/PatternEditor.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:7331
msgid "A New Sequence"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7333
msgid "Once patterns are created (<xref linkend=\"fig.insert_patterns\"/>), we can copy/paste/delete them using the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.select\">Select Mode</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:7338
msgid "Inserting Patterns in the Song Sequence"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:7341
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/SongEditor.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:7348
msgid "Adjust from the Mixer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7350
msgid "Of course we can always use the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer\">Mixer</link> window, either when creating or playing patterns."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:7435
msgid "Peaks outside that range will get distorted (especially with <abbrev>OSS</abbrev> audio driver). Keep an eye on each VU meter and if distortion appears, turn the volume down for that instrument."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7353
msgid "The Mixer (see <xref linkend=\"fig.mixer.2\"/>) is made of a number independent <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Channel Strips</link>, each of these is bound to an instrument, plus a <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Master Fader Strip</link> and a <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Blue button containing the black characters \"FX\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/mixerShowFXButton.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button to show and hide the <link linkend=\"sect.fx_rack_LADSPA\">FX Plugin Rack</link>. Every line features 3 buttons ( <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_play_on_mixer.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"S\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_solo_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"M\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_mute_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> ), current maximum peak, FX volume control knobs, volume fader, and name of the track. Clicking on <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"S\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_solo_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> will play the selected instrument, cutting the others. The Mute button <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing a black \"M\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_mute_on.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> , simply <link linkend=\"def.mute\">mute</link> <emphasis>that</emphasis> instrument. The maximum peak indicates the maximum volume reached from the instrument. The peak must be in a range of <option>0.0</option> and <option>1.0</option> (in <xref linkend=\"fig.mixer.2\"/> you can see a few volumes too loud). For a full description of the Mixer and its elements please see <xref linkend=\"chpt.mixer\"/>. <_:tip-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:7454
msgid "Create a New Drumkit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:7457
msgid "Creating a New Drumkit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7458
msgid "In this chapter we will show you how to create a complete drumkit. Be sure to have a look at the <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.drumkits\">conceptional design of a drumkit</link> first. Keeping this in mind we will use a top-down approach, so we will start at the Drumkit level and work our way down to the <link linkend=\"def.sample\">samples</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7463
msgid "Creating a <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.new\">new drumkit</link> with Hydrogen is done with the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor\">Instrument Editor</link>. You can load samples, set envelope parameters, set the gain, and other advanced features like mute groups, a low-pass resonance filter, and pitch randomization."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: tip/para
#: manual.docbook:7468
msgid "Instead of creating your own drumkit, you can also <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.open\">open</link> or <link linkend=\"sect.main_form.online_import_drumkit\">download</link> an existing one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7473
msgid "Let's make a brand new drum kit:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: manual.docbook:7475
msgid "in the <link linkend=\"chpt.main_menu\">Main Menu</link> select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Drumkits</guimenu> <guimenuitem>New</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. This will give you a single blank instruments. To add more instruments, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Instruments</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Add instrument</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> and to delete one, <emphasis>right-click</emphasis> a instrument and select <emphasis>Delete Instrument</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: manual.docbook:7491
msgid "Select an instrument to start editing it. This is done by <emphasis>left-clicking</emphasis> on the name of the instrument in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.sidebar\">Sidebar</link>. You will notice that the name of the instrument in the Instrument Editor matches the one that you clicked."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: manual.docbook:7497
msgid "Once you have your drumkit working the way you want, select <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Drumkits</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Save As</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> . You will be prompted for the name of the kit to save. If you wish to <emphasis>overwrite</emphasis> an existing kit, you will need to type in the same name as the kit that you want to replace."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: manual.docbook:7510
msgid "Drumkits are automatically stored in the <filename class=\"directory\">data</filename> directory (i.e. <filename class=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/drumkits</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: step/para
#: manual.docbook:7516
msgid "In order to share your drumkit with others, you have to export it using <menuchoice> <guimenuitem>Drumkits</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Export</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> from the <link linkend=\"chpt.main_menu\">Main Menu</link>. Select the drum kit that you wish to export, and give it a file name to save it to."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:7531
msgid "Creating a New Instrument"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7533
msgid "For each instrument in a drum kit, you can load several <link linkend=\"def.sample\">samples</link> and set different synthesizer parameters. This section will step you through how to create a new instrument and load the samples. For details about the individual parameters please refer to <xref linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.general\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7537
msgid "To begin creating an instrument, select <menuchoice> <guimenu>Instruments</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Add instrument</guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. This will give you a blank instrument to start from."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7544
msgid "Now, you need two samples. Any .WAV or .FLAC file will do. Hydrogen provides several in the <filename class=\"directory\">data/drumkits</filename> folder in the Hydrogen data directory (usually <filename role=\"directory\">$HOME/.hydrogen/data/</filename>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7549
msgid "In the Instrument Editor, click on <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers\">Layers</link>. You can layer several samples into the instrument. Which one is played depends on the <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> of the incoming note. Click <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/loadLayer_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> and point the <emphasis>Audio File Browser</emphasis> to your sample."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:7565
msgid "The <emphasis>Audio File Browser</emphasis> will allow you to preview the sample before you load it. It will also allow you to load more than one sample at a time. But for now, only load one."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7573
msgid "After you load the sample, you'll see that there is now a <guilabel>1</guilabel> at the top, and the topmost rectangle has turned light blue. To load a second sample, click the slot just below it, and then click <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button containing the black characters \"LOAD LAYER\". </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/loadLayer_off.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> to bring in another sample."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7590
msgid "After bringing in both samples, you'll probably notice that only the <emphasis>first</emphasis> sample is being played whenever you trigger the instrument. This is because you need to set the <emphasis>velocity</emphasis> ranges for the layers. Move your mouse to the sides of the light blue rectangles and you see that you get a <emphasis>left-right drag</emphasis> cursor. Now <emphasis>drag</emphasis> the sample to the left or right (like a curtain). You will now see Layer 2 appear."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7598
msgid "The velocity setting for the layer is 0-velocity on the left, and full velocity on the right. Set up Layer 1 to sound for soft notes, and Layer 2 to sound for hard notes, i.e. Layer 1 on the left and Layer 2 on the right (see <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.sample_selection\">Sample Selection</link> for further info)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7603
msgid "Now, in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.drumkit\">Drumkit Editor</link>, set up a simple pattern that plays this instrument. Adjust the velocity settings on each note in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties\">Note Properties Editor</link> so that you can get the different samples to sound. Now, set the playback to <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.transport_control\">loop</link> and notice how your different samples are getting triggered. To learn about editing a pattern, see <xref linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\"/>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7610
msgid "For each layer, you can set the <guibutton>Gain</guibutton> and the <guibutton>Pitch</guibutton>. The pitch also has a <guibutton>Fine</guibutton> adjustment."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7614
msgid "Use the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.gain_and_mute_group\">Gain</link> adjustment to control how loud the sample will be played. This is necessary because it's extremely difficult to get a set of samples that all sound at about the same volume. By adjusting here, the samples that were recorded too quietly can be turned up to match your loud samples (that had to be turned down)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:7623
msgid "It is very easy to set the <guibutton>Gain</guibutton> too high, causing your sample to <link linkend=\"def.clipping\">clip</link>. Remember to test the gain with full-velocity using the <inlinemediaobject> <textobject> <phrase> Grey button with a filled black triangle pointing to the right. </phrase> </textobject> <imageobject> <imagedata fileref=\"generated_en/btn_play_on_mixer.png\" format=\"PNG\"/> </imageobject> </inlinemediaobject> button in the corresponding Instrument Channel Strip. If you clip your signal here, it will only get worse as Hydrogen processes it."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7640
msgid "The pitch of the sample can be modified with the pitch controls. The <guibutton>Pitch</guibutton> knob adjust the pitch in musical half-steps. (So, <option>-12</option> is down 1 octave). The pitch on the right adjusts the pitch ±50 cents. (One half-step is 100 cents.)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:7646
msgid "The pitch is adjusted by playing the sample back faster or slower. This is called the Doppler Effect. So, if you have a 1-second sample that you turn down <option>12</option> (1 octave), your sample will only last for 0.5-seconds. If you do not want this to happen you should use Rubber Band instead (see <xref linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor.pitch\"/>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7653
msgid "You can hear the sample in a layer by clicking the layer id (just below the 'General' and 'Layers' buttons)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:7658
msgid "Tips on Editing Instruments"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7660
msgid "With all of the different parameters available to tweak, it can be difficult to set up something that sounds nice when you're done. Here are a few tips on setting up an instrument:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7664
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Turn down the gain.</emphasis> Every gain knob (i.e. an amplifier), this is a <emphasis>gain stage</emphasis>. With every gain stage you have, it's easy to overdrive your signal - which means the signal gets distorted by <link linkend=\"def.clipping\">clipping</link>. In addition, if you have two samples that, by themselves, peg your meters - what do you think happens when you combine them? That's right, you overdrive the signal again."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7672
msgid "If things sound bad and distorted, start by turning down the gain setting on the layer... especially if it's larger than 1.0. Then turn down the instrument gain. Then any gain on a <abbrev>LADSPA</abbrev> effect. Then the fader on the Mixer. Then the master output fader."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7677
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Test samples at full velocity.</emphasis> Your sample will be played louder if the velocity is higher. So, if you set everything to sound nice and full with velocity at 0.7, what will happen when you get a full velocity of 1.0? (<emphasis>Hint: <link linkend=\"def.clipping\">clipping</link>.</emphasis>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7683
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Try to use samples that are -6 dB max.</emphasis> Visually, this means samples that peak at only 1/2 of full scale. Otherwise, turn your layer gain to about .5."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7688
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Remove all DC offsets from the sample.</emphasis> In a sample editor, there is usually a line down the center of your sample's waveform. This is the zero-line. The beginning of your sample should be on this line. The end of your sample should also be on this line. However, if your signal is a little above or a little below this line, you will hear a click at the beginning and the end of your sample whenever it is played. If your sample editor doesn't provide any tools to fix a DC offset problem, you can eliminate the noise by putting a slight fade-in/out at the ends of your sample."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7698
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">The ADSR will not be longer than your sample.</emphasis> If you have a short sample, it doesn't matter how long you set the attack and delay - the sample will stop playing at the end."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7703
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">Things change with the sample rate.</emphasis> If you have a really nice setup with all your parameters painstakingly tweaked... things <emphasis>will</emphasis> change if you change the sample rate of your audio card. Many of Hydrogen's internal settings and parameters are based on how many samples go by, not on how many seconds go by. The sorts of things that change are: anything time-base (like attack and release) and anything frequency based (like the cutoff frequency)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7712
msgid "Typical samples that are used in Hydrogen are: the sound of a single drum hit, the sound of a single cymbal hit, the sound of a single cowbell hit. Whenever you put a note in the pattern (or play a note using <abbrev>MIDI</abbrev>), Hydrogen will play whatever sound you have loaded. So, to put together a drum kit you need to gather short recordings of the bass drum, each tom, each cymbal, the high hat open, the high hat closed, the snare drum (snare on), the snare drum (snare off), rim shots, etc."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7723
msgid "However, there are no rules about what a sample can be. It's not uncommon to use Hydrogen to trigger non-drum sounds like: audio clips of people talking, a clip from a song, sound effects, audio clips from movies, and famous people speaking. Be creative!"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: part/title
#: manual.docbook:7734
msgid "Appendix"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:7737
msgid "Licensing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:7739
msgid "No one of us is a lawyer and all information found in this section should be taken with a grain of salt and come with no warranty. But we try our best to condense information we found online."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:7744
msgid "When <link linkend=\"sect.main_form.export_song\">exporting a song</link> or <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.save_as\">saving</link> or <link linkend=\"sect.main_form.export_drumkit\">exporting</link> a drumkit you are reusing and/or redistributing licensed sound samples. Thus you are legally obliged to comply with every license hold by the samples you used."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:7747
msgid "In this chapter we cover how Hydrogen can help you handle and manage the licenses involved and what the most common ones do imply."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:7752
msgid "Our custom data types <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2pattern\">.h2pattern</link>, <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2song\">.h2song</link>, and <link linkend=\"chpt.file_types.h2playlist\">.h2playlist</link> do not contain any samples and are not affected by the issues described in this chapter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: warning/para
#: manual.docbook:7758
msgid "If the exact license is not available for a drumkit, do <emphasis role=\"bold\">not</emphasis> assume that it is a <ulink url=\"https://creativecommons.org/about/cclicenses/\">Creative Commons (CC)</ulink> or other open and free license."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#: manual.docbook:7765
msgid "License Parsing"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7767
msgid "Hydrogen does display some info dialogs in case any of the used samples holds a copyleft license, like <xref linkend=\"chpt.license.common_licenses.CC_BY_SA\"/> or <xref linkend=\"chpt.license.common_licenses.GPL\"/>, holds one that require an attribution of the copyright holder (as CC BY* licenses do), or you are mixing different licenses during drumkit saving or export. But all this is only possible if the licenses of the involved drumkits are correctly parsed (and are one of the supported <link linkend=\"chpt.license.common_licenses\">common licenses</link>)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7770
msgid "You can access and alter the license of the drumkit used in the current song via <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.properties\">Drumkits &gt; Properties</link> in the main menu or the license of a stock kit via the <link linkend=\"chpt.sound_library.drumkits\">Sound Library</link>. In addition, you can view all licenses of the contained samples which is especially helpful when mixing instruments of different drumkits in the current song."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:7775
msgid "Dialog to view and alter the Properties of a Drumkit"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:7778
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='generated_en/soundLibraryPropertiesDialog.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:7784
msgid "Samples loaded directly into Hydrogen using the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.layers\">Layer section of the Instrument Editor</link> are not associated to any drumkit until you <link linkend=\"sect.main_menu.drumkits.save\">save</link> it and will be handled as if they are unlicensed. Please take extra care of checking which licenses they are distributed with and what implication their presence has for your song/drumkit."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: manual.docbook:7791
#: manual.docbook:7801
msgid "Common Licenses"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7793
msgid "By default all copyrights of your creative work belongs to you - its creator. But you are obliged to comply with the licenses of the samples you used to create it. In this section you find a list and some short description of the licenses most commonly encountered in Hydrogen drumkits."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
#: manual.docbook:7796
msgid "Also, you are free to abstain from some or all rights by licensing your work with e.g. one of the licenses provided by Creative Commons (CC). This allows other people to reuse it more easily and in a legally secure way and helps the audio community to prosper."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7807
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7808
#: manual.docbook:7895
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7813
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/\">CC0</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7814
msgid "The creator choose to give up her copyright and you are free to use, modify, distribute etc. the samples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7817
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/\">CC BY</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7818
msgid "You are free to use, modify, distribute etc. the samples but you are obliged to give attribution to the creator. This can be done in e.g. the info property of the new drumkit or in the liner notes of the song you created by reusing the samples."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7821
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/\">CC BY-NC</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7822
msgid "Similar to <xref linkend=\"chpt.license.common_licenses.CC_BY\"/> but you are in addition only allowed to use the result for noncommercial purposes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7825
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/\">CC BY-SA</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7826
msgid "Similar to <xref linkend=\"chpt.license.common_licenses.CC_BY\"/> but you are obliged to license your work as CC BY-SA as well. This means <emphasis>you have to give the general public permission to modify, redistribute, reuse, and sell it without being able to require them to give royalty to you</emphasis>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7829
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/\">CC BY-NC-SA</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7830
msgid "Similar to <xref linkend=\"chpt.license.common_licenses.CC_BY_SA\"/> but you are in addition only allowed to use the result for noncommercial purposes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7833
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0/\">CC BY-ND</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7834
msgid "Similar to <xref linkend=\"chpt.license.common_licenses.CC_BY\"/> but you are not allowed to alter the material and can only use or distribute them in unadapted form."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7837
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/\">CC BY-NC-ND</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7838
msgid "Similar to <xref linkend=\"chpt.license.common_licenses.CC_BY_ND\"/> but you are in addition only allowed to use the result for noncommercial purposes."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7841
msgid "<ulink url=\"https://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl-3.0.html\">GPL</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7842
msgid "License similar to <xref linkend=\"chpt.license.common_licenses.CC_BY_SA\"/> but targeted on usage with software instead of creative content. It is discouraged to license your newly created drumkit using this license since it's not clear whether it actually can be legally applied to audio samples. Instead, it's recommanded to stick to the Creative Commons (CC) ones covered above. However, most of the drumkits available in Hydrogen <emphasis>are</emphasis> licensed as GPL and require you to adopt this license too in case you reuse their samples. It's a bit of an unpleasant situation but grew naturally. Most importantly, <emphasis>this license also obliges you to make your product (drumkit/music) available for free!</emphasis>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7845
msgid "All rights reserved"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7846
msgid "You are not allowed to modify, reuse, or distribute the samples without asking the copyright holder for permission first."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:7855
msgid "Used File Types"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
#: manual.docbook:7857
msgid "Before working with Hydrogen, please familiarize with these file types:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:7862
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">*.h2pattern</emphasis>: <abbrev>XML</abbrev> file describing a single pattern. Patterns are group of beats and are managed in the <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor\">Pattern Editor</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:7867
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">*.h2song</emphasis>: <abbrev>XML</abbrev> file describing the whole song (or sequence). Songs are groups of patterns managed using the <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor\">Song Editor</link>, groups of instruments comprising the current drumkit and managed via the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor\">Instrument Editor</link>, as well as all states not already covered by the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences\">Preferences</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:7872
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">*.h2playlist</emphasis>: <abbrev>XML</abbrev> file describing a playlist. A Playlist is a (ordered) group of songs."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:7876
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">*.h2drumkit</emphasis>: a compressed folder containing all sound samples composing a drumkit and the description <abbrev>XML</abbrev> file <filename>drumkit.xml</filename> storing the kit's structure and parameters."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:7880
msgid "<emphasis role=\"bold\">*.h2theme</emphasis>: <abbrev>XML</abbrev> file describing all preferences available in the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences.appearance_tab\">Appearance</link> tab of the <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences\">Preferences</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
#: manual.docbook:7886
msgid "Shortcut Lists"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: table/title
#: manual.docbook:7888
msgid "Shortcut Table"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7894
msgid "Shortcut"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7900
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>N</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7901
msgid "New Project"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7904
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>O</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7905
msgid "Open File"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7908
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>D</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7909
msgid "Open Demo"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7912
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>S</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7913
msgid "Save Song"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7916
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Shift</keycap> + <keycap>S</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7917
msgid "Save Song as"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7920
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>P</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7921
msgid "Export Pattern as"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7924
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>M</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7925
msgid "Export MIDI file"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7928
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>E</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7929
msgid "Export Song (see <xref linkend=\"sect.main_form.export_song\"/>)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7932
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>L</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7933
msgid "Export LilyPond file"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7936
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Q</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7937
msgid "Quit Hydrogen"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7940
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Z</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7941
msgid "Undo an action"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7944
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Shift</keycap> + <keycap>Z</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7945
msgid "Redo an action"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7948
msgid "<keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>D</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7949
msgid "Show <link linkend=\"chpt.director\">Director</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7952
msgid "<keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>M</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7953
msgid "Show <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer\">Mixer</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7956
msgid "<keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>I</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7957
msgid "Show <link linkend=\"chpt.sound_library\">Instrument Rack</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7960
msgid "<keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>A</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7961
msgid "Show <link linkend=\"sect.song_editor.automation_path\">Automation Path</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7964
msgid "<keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>F</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7965
msgid "Toggle fullscreen mode"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7968
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>I</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7969
msgid "Set <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.midi_mapping_and_virtual_keyboard\">Input mode</link> to <option>Instrument</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7972
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>D</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7973
msgid "Set <link linkend=\"chpt.overview.midi_mapping_and_virtual_keyboard\">Input mode</link> to <option>Drumkit</option>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7976
msgid "<keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>P</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7977
msgid "Show <link linkend=\"chpt.preferences\">Preferences</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7980
msgid "<keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>?</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7981
msgid "Show Manual"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7984
msgid "<keycap>Backspace</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7985
msgid "Restart song or pattern from the beginning"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7988
msgid "<keycap>Space</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7989
msgid "Play / Pause"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7992
msgid "<keycap>Ctrl</keycap> + <keycap>Space</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7993
msgid "Starts playback at the current cursor position. If playback is already rolling, it will relocate to the cursor position without pausing or stopping playback. Note that on MacOS this shortcut is bound to <keycap>Alt</keycap> + <keycap>Space</keycap>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7996
msgid "<keycap>,</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:7997
msgid "Use the <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.tap_tempo_beat_counter.beat_counter\">Beat Counter</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8000
msgid "<keycap>\\</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8001
msgid "Use <link linkend=\"sect.main_toolbar.tap_tempo_beat_counter.tap_tempo\">Tap Tempo</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8004
msgid "<keycap>+</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8005
msgid "Increase tempo by 0.1 BPM"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8008
msgid "<keycap>-</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8009
msgid "Decrease tempo by 0.1 BPM"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8012
msgid "<keycap>F5</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8013
msgid "Jump to previous song in <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">playlist</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8016
msgid "<keycap>F6</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8017
msgid "Jump to next song in <link linkend=\"chpt.playlist_editor\">playlist</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8020
msgid "<keycap>F9</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8021
msgid "Jump to previous bar in the song"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8024
msgid "<keycap>F10</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8025
msgid "Jump to next bar in the song"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8028
msgid "<keycap>F12</keycap>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: row/entry
#: manual.docbook:8029
msgid "Panic button (stops the song and mutes all playing sounds)"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossary/title
#: manual.docbook:8038
msgid "Glossary"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossary/para
#: manual.docbook:8040
msgid "This is a glossary of general terms encountered when using Hydrogen, synthesizers, drums, or samplers. The definitions here provide more detail and explanation than the simplified ones in the text. For example, the text of the manual would have you believe that an ADSR is the only kind of envelope generator and could only ever control the volume. While the simplified definitions help new users start using Hydrogen quickly, they can lack the nuances presented here."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8053
msgid "ADSR"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8055
msgid "A type of envelope generator that allows you to control the <link linkend=\"def.attack\">Attack</link>, <link linkend=\"def.decay\">Decay</link>, <link linkend=\"def.sustain\">Sustain</link>, and <link linkend=\"def.release\">Release</link> parameters. Generally, the parameters are proportional to the <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8063
msgid "After you trigger a note, Hydrogen will start the <link linkend=\"def.attack\">attack</link> phase in which the volume of the note is increase from 0 to its full <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link>. After reaching full velocity, the volume will <link linkend=\"def.decay\">decay</link> until it reaches the <link linkend=\"def.sustain\">sustain</link> level. When the note is <link linkend=\"def.release\">released</link>, Hydrogen reduces the volume from the sustain level back down to 0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8072
msgid "In Hydrogen, the ADSR envelope generator only controls the volume (attenuation)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8075
msgid "Read more about this in the Wikipedia Article <ulink url=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ADSR_envelope\">ADSR Envelope</ulink>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8088
msgid "Attack"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8090
msgid "This is the first phase of an <link linkend=\"def.adsr\">ADSR</link> envelope. It represents the amount of <emphasis>time</emphasis> to increase the volume of a note from 0 (triggering) to full <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8099
msgid "Attenuation"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8101
msgid "In filters and mixers, this the amount that a signal is reduced (volume)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8111
msgid "Band-Pass Filter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8113
msgid "A filter that preserves a certain band of frequencies, and attenuates (silences) all others. This is often done by combining a high-pass and a low-pass filter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8126
msgid "Clipping"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8128
msgid "A phenomenon that happens to a signal when its amplitude is too large for whatever is receiving it. The peaks of the signal (which are normally smooth curves) get cut off straight at the max volume (clipped). This distorts the sound and is usually undesirable."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8133
msgid "An example of clipping is when you play music louder than your speaker can handle. Parts of the music sound harsh and fuzzy."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8139
msgid "Component"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8141
msgid "A component is a part of Hydrogen's instrument model. Instrument consist of one or more components, and each component consists of one or more layers."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:8155
msgid "Components will be created for all instruments. So, even if you just want to have two of them in the snare you will automatically have two components in all other instruments. If you thus remove an empty component in one instrument, you will remove it for all other instruments - even if they are non-empty - too."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: note/para
#: manual.docbook:8158
msgid "In addition, all <link linkend=\"def.layer\">layers</link> belonging to the same component do share a common volume fader in the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips\">Component Channel Strips</link> in the Mixer."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8146
msgid "To make an example: A snare could have two components. One component includes sounds from the top side of the snare drum, and the other component includes the sounds from the bottom side of the snare drum (where the snare wires are fitted). Each component can consist of several layers (snare drum hits with different velocities). Now you can adjust the volume of the two components to build your ideal drum sound. If you want more of the attack, you can put in more of the \"top head\" component. If you want more of the snare wires, you put in more of the bottom component. <_:note-1/>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8167
msgid "Cutoff Frequency"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8169
msgid "On high-pass and low-pass filters, this is the frequency that divides between those that pass, and those that are attenuated (silenced). In a high-pass resonance filter, or a low-pass resonance filter, the cutoff is also the frequency zone that gets boosted."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8174
msgid "For example, if you have a low-pass filter and you set the cutoff frequency high (i.e. 20kHz)... the filter will not affect the sound. All the audible frequencies will pass through undisturbed. As you lower the cutoff frequency to something like 40 Hz (the low string on a bass guitar), it sounds like someone is putting a blanket over the speaker. The higher frequencies are being attenuated above 30 Hz."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8191
msgid "Decay"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8193
msgid "After the <link linkend=\"def.attack\">attack</link> phase, this is the amount of <emphasis>time</emphasis> for the volume of a note to decrease from full <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> to the <link linkend=\"def.sustain\">sustain</link> level."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8202
msgid "DC-offset"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8204
msgid "DC offset, or DC coefficient is the mean value of the waveform."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8205
msgid "DC offset is usually undesirable. For example, in audio processing, a sound that has DC offset will not be at its loudest possible volume when <link linkend=\"def.normalization\">normalized</link> (because the offset consumes headroom), and this problem can possibly extend to the mix as a whole, since a sound with DC offset and a sound without DC offset will have DC offset when mixed. It may also cause other artifacts depending on what is being done with the signal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8218
msgid "Envelope Generator"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8220
msgid "A way to control (change) a parameter over time as a response to triggering, holding, and releasing a note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8226
msgid "Did your eyes just glaze over? Let's try again:"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8228
msgid "Imagine that you're playing a note on the keyboard and you have your other hand on a knob (volume, filter cutoff, etc.). As you play the note, you twist the knob (often up, then down... or down, then up). You do the same thing on each note. That's what an envelope generator does. See also <link linkend=\"def.adsr\">ADSR</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8239
msgid "Fader"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8241
msgid "A slider control used to adjust the attenuation (volume) in a mixer. Faders always have an \"audio\" taper, which means that the attenuation amount changes on an exponential scale."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8248
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8250
msgid "A device that changes a sound by attenuating specific frequencies. A tone knob is an example of a simple, low-pass filter."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8263
msgid "Gain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8265
msgid "In an amplifier, this adjust how much (or how little) a signal is amplified (volume). A higher gain value is a louder signal."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8267
msgid "In Hydrogen there is a plethora of different ways to affect the volume of the resulting sound. Each single note rendered to audio will contain contributions of"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8275
msgid "Its individual <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties\">Note Velocity</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8281
msgid "Its individual <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.pan\">Note Pan</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8287
msgid "Its <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.controls.layer_gain\">Layer Gain</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8293
msgid "The <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.general.sustain\">Sustain</link> value of its instrument's <link linkend=\"def.adsr\">ADSR</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8300
msgid "Its <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Pan</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8305
msgid "Its <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.gain_and_mute_group\">Instrument Gain</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8311
msgid "Its <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Instrument Volume</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8316
msgid "Its <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.layers.controls.component_gain\">Component Gain</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8322
msgid "Its <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.component_strips\">Component Volume</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8327
msgid "Velocity contributions by the <link linkend=\"sect.song_editor.automation_path\">Automation Path</link> when played in <link linkend=\"chpt.song_editor.editor_modes.song_mode\">Song Mode</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8333
msgid "Random contributions introduced by <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Velocity Humanization</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
#: manual.docbook:8339
msgid "The overall <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip\">Song Volume</link>"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8344
msgid "Further modifications of the note's audio can be applied using the <link linkend=\"chpt.sample_editor\">Sample Editor</link>, the <link linkend=\"chpt.instrument_editor.filter\">Low-Pass Resonance Filter</link>, and <link linkend=\"sect.fx_rack_LADSPA\">FX Plugins</link>."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8356
msgid "High-Pass Filter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8358
msgid "A filter that attenuates (silences) low frequencies, but allows high frequencies to pass through."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8369
msgid "Instrument"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8371
msgid "In Hydrogen, an instrument is a single noise-maker (like a bass drum kick, or a tom)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8382
msgid "Layer"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8384
msgid "In an instrument you can load several different samples (each one called a <emphasis role=\"bold\">layer</emphasis>), and have a different sample play depending on the velocity of the note. Only one sample at a time will play."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8389
msgid "Suppose you have a sample of a floor tom being struck softly. If you simply play the sample louder - it will <emphasis>not</emphasis> sound the same as a real tom that has been struck very hard. If you wish to mimic this in your instrument, you can load one sample for soft playing, and a different sample for loud playing."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8401
msgid "Low-Pass Filter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8403
msgid "A filter that attenuates (silences) high frequencies, but allows low frequencies to pass through."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8414
msgid "Mute"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8416
msgid "To make no noise. A setting on an instrument that prevents any audio output."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8422
msgid "Mute Group"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8424
msgid "A group of instruments (<link linkend=\"def.sample\">samples</link>) out of which only a single one can be unmuted. If another instrument from the same group is triggered, the former one will be <link linkend=\"def.mute\">muted</link> (stop playing) immediately."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8426
msgid "This is typically used in hi-hats, where there's a different instrument (sample) for when the hi-hat is open or closed. With a real hi-hat, the sound of the open hi-hat will stop as soon as you close it. However, if you use two samples - the open sound will continue even after you have triggered the closed sound. By placing both instruments in the same mute group (group #1, for example)... triggering closed sound will immediately stop the open sound (and vice versa)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8440
msgid "Normalization"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8442
msgid "Normalization is the process of applying a uniform <link linkend=\"def.gain\">gain</link> to an audio signal in order to make its largest amplitude peak match a predefined value (usually 0dBFS)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8450
msgid "Octave"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8452
msgid "A span of frequencies where the top-most frequency is exactly twice the frequency of the bottom frequency."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8455
msgid "For example, the range 20 Hz to 40 Hz is an octave. So is 120 Hz to 240 Hz, and 575 Hz to 1150 Hz. While the frequency differences are very different (20 Hz, 120 Hz, and 575 Hz, respectively), to the human ear they <emphasis>sound</emphasis> like the same distance."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8466
msgid "Pan"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8468
msgid "Panning allows you to change the position of both a mono and stereo sample within the stereo sound field of the resulting audio output. In other words, it controls whether the sound of e.g. the snare is coming from the left or right speaker or somewhere in between. With careful pan adjustments of the different instruments you can make you drumkit sound more natural and simulate the feeling of listening to a real kit in close distance."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: figure/title
#: manual.docbook:8478
msgid "Visualization of the Interaction of the Different Pan Parameters"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: imageobject/imagedata
#. This is a reference to an external file such as an image or video. When
#. the file changes, the md5 hash will change to let you know you need to
#. update your localized copy. The msgstr is not used at all. Set it to
#. whatever you like once you have updated your copy of the file.
#: manual.docbook:8481
msgctxt "_"
msgid "external ref='matrioskaPanH2.png' md5='__failed__'"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8471
msgid "The effect of <link linkend=\"chpt.pattern_editor.note_properties.pan\">note Pan</link> depends on the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips.pan\">instrument Pan</link> knob, which is set in the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.channel_strips\">Mixer</link>. Look to next figure to see how the <emphasis role=\"bold\">Resultant Pan</emphasis> is determined (from version 1.1): <_:figure-1/> This multi-pan model resembles a \"matryoshka\" in some way: the <emphasis>note Pan</emphasis> value moves the <emphasis>Resultant Pan</emphasis> in a smaller pan range centered at <emphasis>instrument Pan</emphasis>, whose extension depends on <emphasis>instrument Pan</emphasis> value. Some examples: if <emphasis>instrument Pan</emphasis> is central, <emphasis>note Pan</emphasis> moves the signal in the whole stereo range (really from Left to Right); if <emphasis>instrument Pan</emphasis> is sided, <emphasis>note Pan</emphasis> moves the signal in a progressively smaller stereo range centered at <emphasis>instrument Pan</emphasis>; if <emphasis>instrument Pan</emphasis> is HARD-sided, <emphasis>note Pan</emphasis> doesn't have any effect."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8497
msgid "The way the <emphasis>Resultant Pan</emphasis> will be translated into the volume of each stereo channel is determined by the <link linkend=\"chpt.mixer.master_fader_strip.mixer_settings\">Pan Law</link> in the Mixer settings."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8509
msgid "Release"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8511
msgid "The amount of <emphasis>time</emphasis> to reduce the volume of a note from the <link linkend=\"def.sustain\">sustain</link> level to 0."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8520
msgid "Resonance"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8522
msgid "When referring to a resonance filter, this is the parameter that determines how much of a boost (gain) to give the frequencies at the cutoff."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8531
msgid "Resonance Filter"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8533
msgid "A filter that gives a large boost to a very narrow range of frequencies. Typically it will be part of a high-pass or a low-pass filter, where the boosted frequencies are centered on the cut-off frequency."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8547
msgid "Roll-off"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8549
msgid "This is the amount that frequencies are attenuated (suppressed) as the frequency changes (typically measured in dB/octave)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8552
msgid "For example, in a low-pass filter the frequencies below the cutoff frequency are not attenuated (they pass-through with the same volume). Same with the cutoff frequency. As you go above the cutoff frequency, the frequencies that are near the cutoff frequency are not attenuated very much at all. However, the frequencies that are much higher than the cutoff are attenuated (suppressed) a lot. This is usually approximated by a straight line (on a log scale) and measured in in dB of attenuation per octave of frequency."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8569
msgid "Sample"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8571
msgid "A short recording of a sound, typically between .1 and 3.0 seconds long. Each time a note is triggered within Hydrogen the corresponding sample will be played back (after applying all customization and effects)."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8577
msgid "Sustain"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8579
msgid "The <emphasis>level</emphasis> (how loud; volume) to hold the note between the <link linkend=\"def.decay\">decay</link> and the <link linkend=\"def.release\">release</link>. It is given as percentage of the <link linkend=\"def.velocity\">velocity</link> and does not depend on time."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossentry/glossterm
#: manual.docbook:8591
msgid "Velocity"
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8593
msgid "How hard you hit a note."
msgstr ""

#. (itstool) path: glossdef/para
#: manual.docbook:8595
msgid "<abbrev>MIDI</abbrev> devices are required to send this information along with the note. Synthesizers use this information to adjust several parameters on the sample (typically the volume). In Hydrogen, it is only used to adjust how loud the sample is played back."
msgstr ""

